Some items in the TriCollege Libraries Digital Collections may be under copyright. Copyright information may be available in the Rights Status field listed in this item record (below). Ultimate responsibility for assessing copyright status and for securing any necessary permission rests exclusively with the user. Please see the Reproductions and Access page for more information.
8W ARTHMORE
COLLEGE
§£P 2 2 1959
LIBRARY
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
BULLETIN
CATALOGUE ISSUE
1959-1960
.Cs I
SWARTHMORE
PENNSYLVANIA
The Bulletin, of which this publication is Volume LVII, No. 1, is published
monthly, except November, February, June and August, by Swarthmore
College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania.
Entered at the post office at Swarthmore, Pa., as second-class matter,
in accordance with provision _of the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.
Photographs by Grant Compton, Business W eek , and Swarthmore College
News Office.
(Printed in V . 8. A .)
Honors in Engineering Sciences at Swarthmore
As the Honors program in Engineering Sciences enters its second year, we
take this means of again calling the new program to the attention of prospec
tive students, secondary school counselors, and other readers of the college
catalogue.
Swarthmore’s Engineering curricula are designed for the student of high
ability who wishes to combine an intensive and analytical study of engineering
principles with the educational advantages of a liberal arts college. In addi
tion to the Honors degree, Bachelor of Science degrees are awarded in Civil,
Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering.
The new Honors program, inaugurated in 1958, constitutes a fourth option
in Engineering, open to qualified students who have completed the sophomore
year. The new curriculum leads to the Bachelor of Science degree with
Honors, High Honors, or Highest Honors in Engineering Sciences. Although
the degree does not specify a major field such as Civil, Electrical, or
Mechanical Engineering, the curriculum is planned to enable the student to
prepare for graduate work in one of these fields.
Two features of the Engineering Science Honors program are noteworthy,
in addition to its being part of the College’s well-known Honors plan. First,
it cuts across traditional departmental lines, emphasizing classical and contem
porary subject matter that is basic to all fields of engineering. Second, as
implied by its title, the program is designed for the student wishing to ex
plore deeply the scientific foundations of modern engineering. W e believe
that this type of program not only best prepares the able student for creative
work in a profession now advancing with explosive speed; it also makes the
best use of engineering as the focus of a broad education.
Many readers of the college catalogue will be familiar with the Honors
plan of study, first established at Swarthmore in 1922. Under this plan, the
student is freed from traditional classroom routine and is encouraged to
engage in independent study, carrying his work to an advanced level along
lines set by his particular interests and abilities. The plan of Honors study is
described on pages 58-60 of the accompanying catalogue. The new program
of Honors work in Engineering is fully discussed under the statement of the
Division of Engineering, page 89.
Students preferring to concentrate in a particular branch of engineering
may apply to major in Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering at the end
of the sophomore year. Details are set forth on pages 89-101 of the
catalogue. It is also possible to arrange a five-year program leading to both
the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees.
Supplement to Sw arthm ore C ollege B u l le tin , Catalogue issue, 1959-60, Swarthmore, Pa.,
Volume LVII, Number 1, September 1959.
Clothier M em orial
Parrish H all
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
BULLETIN
CATALOGUE ISSUE
1959-1960
SWARTHMORE, PENNSYLVANIA
Volume L V II
Num ber 1
September 1959
Directions for Correspondence
For information about:
GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY
Courtney Smith, President
ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLARSHIPS
For men: Robert A. Barr, Jr., Assistant Dean
For women: Ann E. C. Passoth, Assistant Dean
RECORDS, TRANSCRIPTS AND CATALOGUES
John M. Moore, Registrar
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Edward K. Cratsley, Vice-President
G. Caroline Shero, Assistant Controller
VOCATIONAL PLACEMENT AND GUIDANCE
Maralyn Orbison, Director
ALUM NI AFFAIRS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Joseph B. Shane, Vice-President
GENERAL INFORMATION
Maralyn Orbison, Director of News Office
The Rhodes Scholarship Trust
The Rhodes Scholarship Trust maintains an office in this country for the purpose of
administering the selection of American Rhodes Scholars and conducting the affairs
of the Rhodes Scholarships in the United States. This office was located at Swarthmore
College during the presidency of Dr. Frank Aydelotte, who served as the first American
Secretary. On the occasion of the appointment of Courtney Smith to the American
Secretaryship this office was located in Princeton, N. J., and returned to Swarthmore
when Dr. Smith took up his duties as president of the College in September 1953.
American Secretary of the Rhodes Scholarships, Courtney Smith
Assistant to the American Secretary, Aldon Duane Bell
Secretary, Elsa Palmer Jenkins
2
Table of Contents
C alendar ........................................................... ' . ......................................( ..................
P ersonnel ......................................... .......... ..
t
;
^ ; .........
The Corporation and The Board of M an ag ers....................................................
Alumni Association Officers and Alumni C o u n c il.............................................
The Faculty ...............................................................................................................
Divisions and Departments ....................................................................................
Standing C om m ittees................................................................................................
Administrative Officers and A ssistants...................................................................
I ntroduction to Swarthmore Co l l e g e ................................................................
Admission ..................................................................................................................
E xpenses......................................................................................................................
Student Aid and Scholarships.................................................................................
Educational R esources...........................
College L i f e ...............................................................................................................
Student C om m unity.........................................................
T h e Educational P rogram ................................ ; .....................................................
Program for Freshmen and Sophom ores..............................................................
Program for Juniors and S e n io rs...........................................................................
Reading for H o n o rs ...................................................................................................
Pre-Medical Program ..............................................................................................
Faculty Regulations ................................................................................................
Requirements for G ra d u a tio n ..................................................................................
Advanced D e g re e s.....................................................................................................
Awards and P riz e s.....................................................................................................
Fellowships ...............................................................................................................
Courses of I n s t r u c t io n ................................................................................................
Astronomy ..................................................................................................................
B io lo g y ........................................................................................................................
Chemistry ....................................................................................................................
Classics ........................................................................................................................
Economics ..................................................................................................................
Engineering ...............................................................................................................
English Literature .......................................................................................
Fine Arts ....................................................................................................................
History ........................................................................................................................
International Relations ............................................................................................
M athem atics......................................
Modem Languages and Literatures .......................................................................
Music ................................................................................................
Philosophy and R e lig io n ......................................................................
Physical Education for M e n ...............................................................................
Physical Education for W omen .............................................................................
Physics .....................................................
Political Science .........................................................
Psychology and Education ........................................................................................
Russian Studies ..........
Reference Section .......................................................................................................
Visiting Examiners ...................................................................................................
Degrees C onferred .....................................................................................................
Awards and D istin ctio n s..........................................................................................
Enrollment Statistics ................................................................................................
Selected Publications About Swarthmore C o lle g e .............................................
Index ....................................................; . . . . ...........................................................
P lan of College G r o u n d s ...................................................................................
3
PAGE
4
7
8
11
13
20
21
22
26
30
33
34
43
47
50
53
55
57
58
60
62
64
64
66
67
69
70
72
78
82
86
89
102
106
109
113
114
117
124
127
132
133
135
138
143
148
149
150
151
155
157
158
159
164
1959
O CTO BER
s
T W
T F
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 IO
I f 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 i e 2 0 21 22 23 2 4
25 26 2 7 28 29 30 31
s
M
s
1
8
15
22
29
NOVEM BER
s
T F
M T W
7
5
6
4
2
3
9 10 11 12 13 14
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 2 4 25 26 27 28
30
s
6
13
20
27
DECEMBER
s
T F
T w
5
3
4
1 2
9 10 11 12
7
8
14 15 16 17 18 19
21 22 23 2 4 2 5 26
28 29 30 31
M
1960
s
M
JANU ARY
T W
T
4
5
6
7
3
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
2 4 25 2 6 2 7 2 8
31
8
M
A P R IL
T w
T
4
6
3
5
7
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
2 4 25 26 27 28
s
M
JULY
T W
T
4
3
5
6
7
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
2 4 25 26 27 28
31
s
2
9
16
23
30
M
O CTO BER
T w
T
8
FEBRUARY
8
T F
M T W
6
4
5
3
1 2
8
9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 2 0
22' 23 2 4 2 5 26 27
29
F
8
1 2
8
9
15 16
2 2 23
29 3 0
7
14
21
28
8
F
1 2
8
9
15 16
22 23
29 30
M AY
8
T F
8
M T w
6
7
4
5
1 2
3
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 2 0 21
22 23 2 4 25 26 27 28
29 3 0 31
8
F
1 2
8
9
15 16
22 2 3
29 3 0
F
3
4
5
6
7
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
2 4 25 26 2 7 28
31
8
1
8
15
22
29
8
7
14
21
28
s
6
13
20
27
AUGUST
8
T F
M T w
5
6
3
4
1 2
8
9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 2 4 2 5 26 27
29 3 0 31
NOVEM BER
T w
T F
8
1 2
3
4
5
7
8
9 IO 11 12
14 15 16 17 18 19
21 2 2 23 2 4 2 5 2 6
2 8 29 3 0
M
s
M
6
7
13 14
2 0 21
27 28
8
M
6
5
12 13
19 20
26 2 7
MARCH
8
T F
T w
4
5
3
1 2
8
9 IO 11 12
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 2 4 2 5 26
29 30 31
JU NE
8
T F
T W
3
4
1 2
9 10 11
7
8
14 15 16 17 18
21 22 2 3 2 4 25
2 8 29 30
SE PTE M BER
s
M
T
W
6
7
4
5
1 1 12 13 14
18 19 20 21
25 26 27 28
s
4
11
18
25
8
T F
3
1 2
9 10
8
15 16 17
22 23 2 4
29 3 0
DECEMBER
T
T W
1
7
8
5
6
12 13 14 15
19 20 21 2 2
26 2 7 2 8 29
M
F
2
9
16
23
30
8
3
IO
17
24
31
1961
JANU ARY
s
M T w
T F
8
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 2 3 2 4 2 5 26 27 2 8
29 3 0 31
8
M
A P R IL
T w
T
F
3
4
5
6
7
2
9 10 11 12 13 14
16 17 18 19 20 21
2 3 2 4 2 5 26 2 7 28
30
s
1
8
15
22
29
8
5
12
19
26
s
7
14
21
28
FEBRUARY
T w
T F
8
1 2
3
4
6
7
8
9 IO 11
13 14 15 16 17 18
20 21 22 23 2 4 2 5
2 7 28
M
MAY
T F s
M T w
1 2
3
4
5
6
8
9 IO 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 24 2 5 26 27
29 3 0 31
4
s
M
5
6
12 13
19 20
26 27
8
M
4
5
11 12
18 19
2 5 26
MARCH
T
T w
1 2
8
9
7
14 15 16
21 22 23
2 8 29 3 0
s
F
4
3
10 11
17 18
24 2 5
31
JU NE
W
T F 8
1 2
3
7
9 10
6
8
13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 2 3 2 4
2 7 28 29 3 0
T
College Calendar
1959
Fall Semester
September
September
September
October 6
November
November
November
December
December
16-19.......................Freshman placement days
19 ...........................Registration
21 ...........................Classes and honors seminars begin
.................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
3 .............................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
14 ...........................Mid-semester reports due
26-29 .....................Thanksgiving recess
1 .............................Annual Meeting of the Board of Managers
19 ...........................Christmas recess begins, 12: 00 noon
1960
January
January
January
January
January
January
January
4 ............................... .Christmas recess ends, 8: 00 a.m.
1 2 .....................Classes and seminars end
13-16 .........................Review period for course students
15 ...............................Registration for spring semester
18 ...............................Honors seminars begin for spring semester
18 ...............................Mid-year examinations begin
27 ...............................Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
February 1 ................................Classes begin
February 2 ...............................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 1 .....................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 2 6 ...................................Mid-semester reports due
March 2 6 .................................... Spring recess begins, 12: 00 noon
April 4 ..............................
.Spring recess ends, 8: 00 a. m.
April 5 ..................................... Meeting of the Board of Managers
April 30 ................................... Honors seminars end
May 3 .......................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
May 11 .....................................Written honors examinations begin
May 14 .....................................Classes end
May 16 .....................................Enrollment in classes for fall semester
May 16-18................................ Review period for course students
May 19 .................................... Course examinations begin
May 21 ............................... .W ritten honors examinations end
May 26-28 .................................Oral honors examinations
May 28 .....................................Course examinations end
May 30-June 1 ......................... Senior comprehensive examinations
June 3 ....................................... Meeting of the Board of Managers
June 4 ...................................... Alumni Day
June 5 ....................................... Baccalaureate Day
June 6 ...................................... Commencement Day
5
College Calendar (Tentative)
1960
Fall Semester
September 2 1 -2 4 ...................... Freshman placement days
September 24 ...........................Registration
September 26 ...........................Classes and honors seminars begin
October 4 ...................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
November 1 .............................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
November 1 9 ............................ Mid-semester reports due
November 24-27 .......................Thanksgiving recess
December 6 .............................. Annual Meeting of the Board of Managers
December 2 0 ............................ Christmas recess begins, 5: 00 p. m.
1961
January 4 ...................................Christmas recess ends, 8: 00 a. m.
January 1 7 .............. ..................Classes and seminars end
January 2 0 ................................ Registration for spring semester
January 18-21.......................... Review period for course students
January 23 ...............................Honors seminars begin for spring semester
January 23 ...............................Mid-year examinations begin
February 1 ................................ Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
February 6 ................................ Classes begin
February 7 ................................ Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 7 .................................... Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 2 5 .................................. Mid-semester reports due
March 2 5 ................................... Spring recess begins, 12: 00 noon
April 3 .................................. .Spring recess ends, 8: 00 a.m.
April 4 ..................................... Meeting of the Board of Managers
May 2 ....................................... Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
May 6 ....................................... Honors seminars end
May 17 ..................................... Written honors examinations begin
May 20 ..................................... Classes end
May 22 .....................................Enrollment in classes for fall semester
May 22-24 .................................Review period for course students
May 25 ..................................... Course examinations begin
May 27 ..................................... Written honors examinations end
June 1-3 ...................................Oral honors examinations
June 3 .......................................Course examinations end
June 5 - 7 .....................................Senior comprehensive examinations
June 9 ....................................... Meeting of the Board of Managers
June 1 0 ..................................... Alumni Day
June 11 .............................
.Baccalaureate Day
June 12 ..................................... Commencement Day
6
The Corporation
C laude C. Sm ith , President
1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia 10, Pa.
P h ilip T. Sharples , Vice-President
23rd and Westmoreland Streets, Philadelphia 40, Pa.
E leanor Stabler Clarke, Secretary
Crumwald Farm, Wallingford, Pa.
J oseph B. Sha n e , Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
E. Lawrence W orstall, Treasurer
Broad and Chestnut Streets, Philadelphia 1, Pa.
Edward K. Cratsley, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
Board of Managers
Ex officio
Courtney Sm ith , Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
Emeriti
R ut h P otter A shton , 409 Elm Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
Elisabeth H allowell Bartlett , 1922 Mount Royal Terrace, Baltimore 17, Md.
E lsie Palmer Brow n , 1622 Twenty-ninth Street, N.W., Washington 7, D. C.
I saac H. Clothier , J r ., 801 Market Street, Philadelphia 5, Pa.
M ary Lippincott G riscom , 314 East Central Avenue, Moorestown, N. J.
Edith W ilson J ackson , 317 North Chester Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
N icholas K elley , 70 Broadway, New York 4, N . Y.
Barclay W hite , 3337 Market Street, Philadelphia 4, Pa.
Life Members
E leanor Stabler Clarke, Crumwald Farm, Wallingford, Pa.
H adassah M. L. P arrot, 1025 Westview Street, Philadelphia 19, Pa.
Claude C. Sm ith , 1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia 10, Pa.
H elen G awthrop W orth , 805 Augusta Road, Westover Hills, Wilmington 6, Del.
Term Expires December, 1959
Boyd T. Barnard, 914 Philadelphia National Bank Building, Philadelphia 7, Pa.
G eorge B. C lothier , 1418 Packard Building, Philadelphia 2, Pa.
H ilda Lang D enw orth , 301 Elm Ave., Swarthmore, Pa.
T homas B. M cCabe, Front and Market Streets, Chester, Pa.
A n n e Engle T aylor, 8240 Fairview Road, Philadelphia 17, Pa.
W illiam H. W ard, 630 Strath Haven Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
J oseph H. W illits , North Greenwich Road, Armonk, New York
♦C lem ent M. Biddle, J r ., 230 Oakridge Avenue, Summit, New Jersey
♦Elizabeth Carver P reston , 60 Dogwood Lane, Swarthmore, Pa.
Nominated by the Alumni Association.
8
Term Expires December, 1960
H. T homas H allowell , J r ., Highland and Kenmore Avenues, Jenkintown, Pa.
C. N orman Stabler, 230 West Forty-first Street, New York, N . Y.
H oward S. T urner , 103 Lebanon Hills Drive, Pittsburgh 28, Pa.
N orman H. W inde , Ridley Creek Road, R. D. 2, Media, Pa.
♦Esther Ridpath D elaplaine , 6402 West Halbert Road, Bethesda 14, Md.
♦Richard H. M c F eely , George School, Bucks County, Pa.
Term Expires December, 1961
E linor Robinson P ennock , 2300 Willard Street, Wilmington 6, Del.
K athryn Sonneborn Read, 5407 Atlantic Avenue, Ventnor, N. J.
P h il ip T. Sharples, 23rd and Westmoreland Streets, Philadelphia 40, Pa.
E. Lawrence W orstall, 33 Dudley Avenue, Lansdowne, Pa.
♦M orris L. H icks, 205 College Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
♦Ruth J ackson Boone , 7420 Wyndale Lane, Chevy Chase 15, Md.
Term Expires December, 1962
Richard C. Bond , 1300 Market St., Philadelphia, Pa.
Arthur F. B urns , 2 Tudor City Place, New York, N. Y.
V irginia Stratton Cornell , Central Valley, N. Y.
Charles C. Price , III, 118 Hilldale Rd., Lansdowne, Pa.
A lfred H . W illiams , Regency Rm., Wanamaker Bldg., Philadelphia 7, Pa.
♦R obert M. Brow ning , 7305 Emlen St., Philadelphia 19, Pa.
♦Sue T homas T urner , East Valley Rd., Alfred Station, N. Y.
C o m m it t e e s
of the
B oard
The President is ex-officio a member of every Committee
Executive
Boyd T. Barnard
C lem ent M. Biddle, J r .
E leanor Stabler Clarke
H ilda Lang D enworth
H . T homas H allowell , J r .
T homas B. M c Cabe
H adassah M. L. P arrot
P h ilip T. Sharples
H oward S. T urner
J oseph H. W illits
N orman H. W inde
E. Lawrence W orstall
H elen G awthrop W orth
Finance
E. Lawrence W orstall
Richard G Bond
G eorge B. C lothier
H. T homas H allowell , J r .
T homas B. M cCabe
W illiam H. W ard
Instruction and Libraries
Clem ent M. Biddle, J r .
Arthur F. Burns
Esther Ridpath D elaplaine
H ilda Lang D enworth
H adassah M. L. Parrot
Elinor Robinson P ennock
Charles C. Price , III
H oward S. T urner
J oseph H. W illits
H elen G awthrop W orth
* Nominated by the Alumni Association.
9
Property
N orman H. W inde
B oyd T. Barnard
Ru t h J ackson Boone
Robert M. Browning
V irginia Stratton Cornell
M orris L. H icks
K athryn Sonneborn Read
A n n e Engle T aylor
Trusts
T homas B. M c Cabe
Boyd T. Barnard
Richard C. Bond
P h ilip T. Sharples
C. N orman Stabler
W illiam H . W ard
A lfred H. W illiams
E. Lawrence W orstall
Student Activities
H ilda Lang D enworth
Clem ent M. Biddle, J r .
E leanor Stabler Clarke
Richard H. M c Feely
Elizabeth Carver P reston
Charles C. P rice, III
K athryn Sonneborn R ead
H oward S. T urner
Sue T homas T urner
N orman H . W inde
Nominating
J oseph H. W illits
H. T homas H allowell , J r .
T homas B. M cCabe
H adassah M. L. P arrot
W illiam H . W ard
H elen G awthrop W orth
Development
P h ilip T. Sharples
Boyd T. Barnard
Robert M. Browning
E leanor Stabler C larke
G eorge B. Clothier
M orris L. H icks
T homas B. M cC abe
H adassah M. L. P arrot
H oward S. T urner
W illiam H . W ard
10
Alumni Association Officers
1959-1961
President, Robert H. W ilson ’31, 603 Harvard Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
Vice-President for Men, W illiam P oole ’30, 215 Edgewood Drive, Alapocas, W il
mington 3, Del.
Vice-President for Women, An n Lapham Frazer ’38, 146 Scenic Road, Springfield,
Pa.
. 1
Secretary, K atharine W arren Coles ’32, 517 Walnut Lane, Swarthmore, Pa.
Alumni Council
Zone A
T erm Expires
J une
1960 Robert B. Clothier ’27, 401 Cornell Ave., Swarthmore, Pa.
H. M erle M ulloy ’24, Winding Lane, R.D. 3, Media, Pa.
H arry M. Sellers '22, 31 N. Whitehall Road, Norristown, Pa.
1961 Clifford R. Q illam , J r . ’47, 2015 Hemlock Road, Norristown, Pa.
G ilbert B. M ustin , J r . '42, 211 Cornell Ave., Swarthmore, Pa.
1962 J o h n A brams '34, 2312 Kenilworth Road, Ardmore, Pa.
Robert H. A splundh ’52, 3144 Manor Road, Huntingdon Valley, Pa.
1960 Lee W eiss Frank ’21, 1800 Pine Street, Philadelphia 3, Pa.
M argaret L. M acLaren ’49, 317 N. Chester Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
H elen Coles W ood T7, 36 Lakeview Drive, Moorestown, N. J.
1961 Christine Robinson T aylor ’36, Box 542, Coatesville, Pa.
Louise Stubbs W illiams ’34, 40 Dogwood Lane, Swarthmore, Pa.
1962 Betty Bittlb J ohns ’38, 420 S. Edgmont Street, Media, Pa.
Catharine Emhardt M cCook ’30, 7811 St. Martin’s Lane, Philadelphia 18,
Pa.
Zone B
1960 Robert B. Redman ’30, 111 N. Walnut St., Apt. 108, East Orange, N. J.
1961 J ames L. Crider, J r . ’33, Peach Hill Road, Darien, Conn.
G eorge A. W right , J r . ’41, 12 Burrows Drive, Rochester 10, N. Y.
1962 L ewis S. A yars, J r . ’24, 24 Drumlins Terrace, Syracuse 10, N. Y.
Robert F. Lew ine ’34, 117 E. 81st Street, New York 28, N. Y.
1960 M argaret M eeker Bushnell ’45, 120 Heights Road, Ridgewood, N. J.
1961 E leanor Y earsley Ben nett ’40, 105 North Woods Road, Manhasset, N. Y.
Lily T ily Richards ’29, R. D. 2, Homeward Lane, Weston, Conn.
1962 M ary G riscom Colegrove ’42, 175 Evandale Road, Scarsdale, N. Y.
Beverly M iller Lloyd-J ones ’52, 132 N. Arlington Ave., East Orange, N. J.
Zone C
1960 Arthur F. F. Snyder ’40, 5 Westwood Road, Wellesley 81, Mass.
E lizabeth N ewcomb Rayner ’31, 823 Boston Post Road, Weston, Mass.
Zone D
1961 E. Ross C linchy ’41, 10504 Glenhaven Drive, Silver Spring, Md.
1962 E. W inslow Councill ’44, 510 Seneca Road, Richmond 26, Va.
1961 E linor P. G riest ’43, 1405 35th St., N. W., Washington 7, D. C.
1962 An n a Ridgway Lang '31, 16 Granite Road, Alapocas, Wilmington 3, Del.
Zone E
I960
P orter R. W ray ’34, 256 Woodhaven Drive, Pittsburgh 28, Pa.
M argaret Shoemaker D ietz ’42, 401 Chatham Drive, Kettering 9, Ohio
11
Zone F
1961 Selden Y. T rimble , IV ’28, 2700 S. Virginia St., Hopkinsville, Ky.
• E lizabeth M alcolm M urray ’4 l, 57 Fairway Drive, Mountain Brook, Ala.
Zone G
1961 D avid W. Stickney ’31, 1298 N. Green Bay, Lake Forest, 111.
1962 Charles A. Eberle, J r . ’40, 229 Rosemont, Webster Groves, Mo.
1961 E lizabeth B lair Cochran ’35, 739 E. Longwood Drive, Lake Forest, 111.
1962 M ary K eay Adams ’46, 2706 34th St., Des Moines, Iowa t
Zone H
1960
1962
1960
1962
G eorge C. Bond ’42, 1230 Wabash Street, Pasadena 3, Calif.
J o h n H. M cLagan ’50, 1545 S. Columbine, Denver, Colo.
E lizabeth G eddes Baker ’34, 72 Heather Drive, Atherton, Calif.
Sue W hite H ull '43, 5107 Gaynor Avenue, Encino, Calif.
12
The Faculty
Courtney Sm ith , President..................................................................... 324 Cedar Lane
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University; LL.D., University of Pennsylvania;
LL.D., Temple University; L.H.D., Bucknell University.
Edward K. Cratsley, Vice-President (Finance), Controller, and Professor of Eco
nomics ............................................................................. 925 Strath Haven Avenue
B.A., College of Wooster; M.B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
J oseph B. Shane , Vice-President (Public Relations and Aluntni Affairs) and Pro
fessor of Education..................................................................... Cunningham House
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Susan P. Cobbs, Dean and Professor of Classics.......................................West House
B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College; M.A., New York University; Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
W illiam C. H. P rentice , Dean and Professor of Psychology . . . .603 Elm Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
J o h n M. M oore, Associate Dean, Registrar and Professor of Philosophy,
2 Whittier Place
B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Harvard Univer
sity; Ph.D., Columbia University.
G ilmore Stott , Associate Dean, Financial Aid Officer, and Lecturer in Philosophy,
318 Dartmouth Avenue
B.A. and M.A,, University of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
R obert A. Barr, J r ., Assistant Dean for Adm issions...........120 South Chester Road
B.A., Swarthmore College.
An n E. C. P assoth, Assistant Dean for A dm issions.....................Swarthmore College
B.A., Swarthmore College.
E m er iti
Lydia Baer, Associate Professor Emeritus of G erm an.......... Anna Maria Island, Fla.
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
A lfred M ansfield Brooks, Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts . . . .Gloucester, Mass.
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University; M.A., Indiana University.
Edward H. Cox , Professor Emeritus of Chemistry . .c/o U. S. Embassy, Paris, France
B.S., Earlham College; M.A., Harvard University; Docteur és Science, L’Uni
versité de Genève, Docteur honoris causa, L’Université de Montpellier.
H enry J ermain M aude Creighton , Professor Emeritus of Chemistry,
Tigh-Solas, Glen Margaret, Nova Scotia, Canada
B.A., M.A. and LL.D., Dalhousie University; M.Sc., University of Birmingham;
D.Sc., Das eidenössische Polytechnikum, Zürich; D.Sc. Swarthmore College.
P h ilip M arshall H icks, Professor Emeritus of English Literature . . . . Avondale, Pa.
B.A. and M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Everett L. H u n t , Dean Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of English,
221 N. Princeton Avenue
B.A., Huron College; M.A., University of Chicago; D.Litt., Huron College.
W olfgang K öhler , Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Psychology,
Lebanon, N. H.
Dr. Phil., University of Berlin; D.Sc., University of Pennsylvania, University of
Chicago, Kenyon College, Swarthmore College.
Samuel Copeland P almer , Professor Emeritus of Botany,
Chipmunk Lane, Media, Pa.
B.A. and M.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
L. R. Shero , Professor Emeritus of G reek...............................651 North Chester Road
B.A., Haverford College; B.A., Oxford University; M.A. and Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin.
A lfred J. Sw an , Professor Emeritus of Music, 773 College Avenue, Haverford, Pa.
B.A. and M.A., Oxford University.
P rofessors
M ary A lbertson , Professor of H istory............................................... 405 W alnut Lane
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College.
13
O rhan H . A lisbah, Visiting Professor of Mathematics,
4415 Spruce St., Philadelphia, Pa.
Dr.Phil., University of Berlin.
{Solomon E. A sCH, Professor of Psychology....................................... 513 Elm Avenue
B.S., College of the City of New York; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
M onroe C. Beardsley, Professor of Philosophy.........................133 Rutgers Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University.
G eorge J. Becker, Professor of E n g lish ...........................................401 Walnut Lane
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Washington.
Paul H. Beik , Professor of H isto ry..................................................... 4 Whittier Place
B.A., Union College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Richard B. Brandt, Charles and Harriett Cox McDoutell Professor of Philosophy,
406 Walnut Lane
B.A., Denison University; B.A., University of Cambridge; Ph.D., Yale Uni
versity.
H einrich Brinkmann , Edward Hicks Magill Professor of Mathematics,
403 Walnut Lane
B.A., Stanford University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Samuel T. Carpenter, Isaiah V. Williamson Professor of Civil and Mechanical
Engineering............................................... ! ................................612 Ogden Avenue
B.C.E., C.E., and M.S., Ohio State University.
{William J. Cope, Professor of Mechanical Engineering.......... 1121 Muhlenberg Aye.
B.S. in M.E., University of Utah; M.E., Stanford University; Sc.D. in M.E.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
W. C. Elmore, Morris L. Clothier Professor of P hysics...................525 Walnut Lane
B.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Yale University.
Robert K. Enders, Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. Professor of Biology . . . . 311 Elm Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., University of Michigan.
J ames A. Field, J r ., Professor of H isto ry...................................612 Hillbom Avenue
B.S., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Milan W. Garrett, Professor of Physics.......................336 North Princeton Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Stanford University; B.A. and D.Phil., Oxford University.
H oward M alcolm J enkins, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professor of Engineer
ing ........................................................................................506 North Chester Road
B.A. and E.E., Swarthmore College. •
W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Professor of Chem istry...........................311 Cedar Lane
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Princeton University.
Laurence D. Lafore, Professor of H istory.....................................506 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy.
H arold M. March, Professor of F rench...............................317 North Chester Road
B.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Yale University.
{Franz H. Mautner, Professor of G erm an.......................................519 Walnut Lane
Dr. Phil., Univ. of Vienna.
J ohn D. McCrumm, Howard N . and Ada J. Eavenson Professor of Engineering,
Palmer Mill Road, R. D. 1, Media, Pa.
B.S. and M.S., University of Colorado.
J. Roland P ennock , Professor of Political Science.............. ...........3 Whittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Edith P hilips , Susan W . Lippincott Professor of F rench.................517 Elm Avenue
B.A., Goucher College; Docteur de l’Université de Paris.
Frank C. P ierson , Professor of Economies...................................740 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Columbia University.
H edley Rhys, Professor of Fine A r t s ................................................. 512 Elm Avenue
B.A., West Virginia University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Charles B. Shaw , Librarian............................................................. 606 Ogden Avenue
B.A., M.A. and L.H.D., Clark University.
F rederick B. T ollés, Howard M. Jenkins Professor of Quaker History and Research
and Director of the Friends Historical Library...............................606 Elm Avenue
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University; D. Litt., Haverford College.
Î Absent on leave, 1959-60.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1959-60.
14
P eter van de K amp , Professor of Astronomy and Director of Sproul Observatory,
602 Elm Avenue
Cand. and Docts., University of Utrecht; Ph.D., University of California; D.
Phil,. University of Groningen.
Robert M. W alker, Professor of Pine A r t s .......................................212 Elm Avenue
B.A. and M.F.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard University.
H ans W allach , Professor of Psychology........................................... 604 Elm Avenue
Dr. Phil., University of Berlin.
N eal A. W eber, Professor of Z o o lo g y............................................. 1 Whittier Place
B.A., M.S. and D.Sc., University of North Dakota; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
-—r~, University.
C lair W ilcox , Joseph Wharton Professor of Political Economy . .510 Ogden Avenue
B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania.
E lizabeth Cox W right , Professor of E nglish .................. Rose Valley, Moylan, Pa.
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
A ssociate P rofessors
Carl Barus, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering.............. 8 Whittier Place
B.A., Brown University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
P h il ip W. Carruth , Associate Professor of Mathematics.................515 Elm Avenue
B.A., Hamilton College; M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
H ilde D. Co h n , Associate Professor of G erm an.................. 302 North Chester Road
Dr. Phil., University of Heidelberg,
i J oseph W . Conard, Associate Professor of Economics,
217 North Swarthmore Avenue
B.A., Grinnell College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of California.
R obert H. D u n n , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men,
811 Westdale Avenue
B.S., Temple University.
Lewis H. E lverson, Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men,
6 Whittier Place
B.S., University of Pennsylvania.
E. J; Faulkner , Associate Professor o f Physical Education for Men,
235 Dickinson Avenue
Edward A. Feh nel , Associate Professor of Chemistry.......................600 Elm Avenue
B.S., M.S. and Ph.D., Lehigh University.
Edward C. F ei , Visiting Associate Professor of Economics...................... West House
B.A., St. John’s University of Shanghai; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Washington.
IL aunce J. F lemister , J r ., Associate Professor of Zoology,
Rogers Lane and Plush Mill Road, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University.
D uncan G raham Foster, Associate Professor of Chem istry.............. 15 Crest Lane
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
J H enry G leitman , Associate Professor of Psychology........ ..................2 Crum Ledge
B.S., College of the City of New York; Ph.D., University of California.
G ilbert P. H aight , J r ., Associate Professor of Chemistry.......... 409 College Avenue
B.A., Stanford University; Ph.D., Princeton University.
Frederic S. K lees , Associate Professor of E nglish...............................525 Elm Avenue
B.A., Bowdoin College.
{Luzern G. Livingston , Associate Professor of Botany,
422 Highland Avenue, Morton, Pa.
B.S., Lawrence College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
N orman A. M einkoth , Associate Professor of Zoology,
431 West Woodland Avenue, Springfield, Pa.
B. of Ed., Southern Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1959-60.
on leave, 1959-60.
t Absent
15
I rene M oll , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women,
The Damsite, Wallingford, Pa.
B.S. in Ed., University of Kansas; M.A., Texas State College for Women.
Bernard M orrill, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering,
.
21 Oberlin Avenue
B.S. in M.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.M.E., University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University of Michigan.
H elen F. N orth , Associate Professor of Classics...................302 North Chester Road
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University.
M artin O stwald, Associate Professor of Classics............................. 7 Crum Ledge
B.A., University of Toronto; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Columbia
University.
V irginia Rath , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women. .735 Yale Ave.
B.A., Hollins College; M.A., Columbia University.
J ames D. Sorber, Associate Professor of Spanish...............................404 Walnut Lane
B.A., Lehigh University; M.A., University of Nebraska.
W illis J. Stetson , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men and Director
of A thletics...........................................144 North Highland Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
P eter G ram Sw ing , Associate Professor of Music and Director of the Chorus,
614 Hillbom Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
JK e n n eth N. W altz , Associate Professor of Political Science.......... 1 Crum Ledge
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
J W illis D. W eatherford , Associate Professor of Economics.................. West House
B.A., Vanderbilt University; B.D., Yale University; M.À. and Ph.D., Harvard
University.
M. J oseph W illis, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering,
Copples and Calendar Lanes, Wallingford, Pa.
B.C.E., University of Washington; M.S., Cornell University.
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s
E lisa A sensio , Assistant Professor of Spanish . . . . 500 Oakley Road, Haverford, Pa.
M.A., Middlebury College.
D avid L. Bowler , Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering . . . . 3 Crum Ledge
B.S. in E.E., Bucknell University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Tech
nology.
W illiam H. Brow n , J r ., Asst. Professor of Economics, Crum Creek Rd., Media, Pa.
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University.
G loria Carey Evans, Assistant Professor of Psychology.......... 915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Western Washington College of Education; M.S., University of Washing
ton; Ph.D., Stanford University.
D avid Cowden , Assistant Professor of E nglish............................... 312 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
I rving E. D ayton , Assistant Professor of P hysics.......................733 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Cornell University.
W illiam C. D enison , Assistant Professor of B ota n y.......... 317 North Chester Road
B.A. and M.A., Oberlin College; Ph.D., Cornell University.
JC harles E. G ilbert , Assistant Professor of Political Science.............. 8 Crum Ledge
B.A., Haverford College; Ph.D., Northwestern University.
t Frédéric J. G rover, Assistant Professor of F rench...............................6 Crum Ledge
L. és L., University of Paris; Ph.D., University of California.
M ark A. H eald, Assistant Professor of P hysics...........................915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Oberlin College; M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University. ,
E leanor K. H ess, Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women,
321 Davis Road, Havertown, Pa.
B.S. and M.S., University of Pennsylvania.
t Absent on leave, 1959-60.
16
D aniel G. H offm an , Assistant Professor of English
502 Cedar Lane
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
JS amuel L. H ynes , Assistant Professor of E nglish.............................5 Whittier Place
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
P eter M adison, Assistant Professor of Psychology.........................215 Lafayette Ave.
B.S., University of Oregon; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
C lark P. M angelsdorf, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering . . . 4 Crum Ledge
B.S., Swarthmore College; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Edgar R. M ullins , J r ., Assistant Professor of Mathematics . . . . 406 Haverford Place
B.A., Grinnell College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Illinois.
J acob N achmias, Assistant Professor of Psychology...............................1 Crum Ledge
B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Charles W . N ew lin , Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering,
204 Sunnybrook Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.C.E., Rose Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Harvard University.
G ene D onald O verstreet, Assistant Professor of Political Science,
500 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Reed College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
P h ilip C. Prager, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering,
132 North Highland Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.S. in M.E., University of Pittsburgh; M.M.E., University of Delaware.
K e n n eth S. Rawson , Assistant Professor of Z o o lo g y.................. 8B W hittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Harvard University.
P eter Riesenberg, Assistant Professor of H isto ry........................... 519 Walnut Lane
B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Columbia
University.
D avid Rosen , Assistant Professor of Mathematics . .115 President Ave., Rutledge, Pa.
B.A., New York University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
J ustus Rosenberg, Assistant Professor of German and Russian . .Swarthmore College
L. 6s L., University of Paris; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati.
M ichael J. Scriven , Assistant Professor of Philosophy.......................513 Elm Ave.
B.A. and M.A., University of Melbourne; D.Phil., Oxford University.
+J erome A. Shaffer , Assistant Professor of Philosophy...................915 Harvard Ave.
B.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., Princeton University.
D avid G. Sm ith , Assistant Professor of Political Science............ Swarthmore College
B.A. and M.A., University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
Claudio Spies , Assistant Professor of Music and Director of the Orchestra,
645 North Chester Road
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
P ercy Linwood U rban , J r ., Assistant Professor of Religion,
i l l North Chester Road
B.A., Princeton University; S.T.B., S.T.M. and Th.D., General Theological
Seminary.
J eanne T heis W hitaker , Assistant Professor of French . . . . i l l North Chester Road
B.A., Swarthmore College.
I n str u c to r s
Lekh H. Batra, Instructor in B iology............................................... 510 Walnut Lane
B.Sc. and M.Sc., Punjab University; Ph.D., Cornell University.
J o h n S. Coolidge, Instructor in E n g lish .............................Rose Valley, Moylan, Pa.
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Robert N. E uwema , Instructor in Physics............................. 302 North Chester Road
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Princeton University.
T oshiyuki F ukushima , Instructor in Mechanical Engineering . .. .519 Walnut Lane
B.S., Swarthmore College; M.S., University of Pennsylvania.
J ames F. G uyot , Instructor in Political Science...................................8 Crum Ledge
B.A., Michigan State College; M.A., Yale University.
t Absent
on leave, 1959-60.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1959-60.
17
Frank H olden , Instructor and Research Associate in Astronomy . .5 Whittier Place
M.S., University of Manchester.
Lee J ohnson , Instructor in Pine A r t s ........................................... 915 Harvard Avenue
Diploma University for Foreigners, Perugia; Diploma, Sorbonne; Diploma,
Courtauld Institute of Art, University of London; Ph.D., University of Can>
G eorge A. M alley, Instructor in Political Science............................... 8 Crum Ledge
®-A., University of Rochester; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
R. Arnold Ricks, Instructor in H isto ry .............. ....................... Swarthmore College
Haverrord College; M.A., Harvard University.
A lburt M. Rosenberg, Instructor in B iology............................... 915 Harvard Avenue
«.A., Harvard University; M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania.
W illiam J. Sheppard , Instructor in Chem istry............................... 415 park Avenue
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
R obert Sismol , Instructor in F rench.............................................835 Harvard Avenue
L
and License d’anglais, Aix-Marseilles, Agrégation d’anglais, Paris.
P eter T. T hom pson , Instructor in Chemistry....................... 317 North Chester Road
B.A., Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh.
H arrison M orris W right , Instructor in H istory.............................
5 Crum Ledee
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
A lex Z werdling , Instructor in E nglish .......................................835 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Princeton University.
L ecturers
and
A s s is t a n t s
G eorge C. Avery, Lecturer in German . . 520 E. Mt. Airy Ave., Philadelphia 19, Pa.
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
H ugo A. Bedau, Lecturer in Philosophy.............. 221A Halsey St., Princeton, N. J.
®*A., Univ. of Redlands; M!.A., Boston University; M.A., Harvard University.
A very B lake, Assistant in Physical Education for M e n ...................49 Amherst Ave!
A lice Brodhead, Lecturer in Psychology and Education.................. 316 Ogden Ave!
B.S. and M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
N adia Chilkovsky , Assistant in Physical Education for Women,
F.
217 S. Van Pelt St., Philadelphia, Pa.
H ilary Conroy , Lecturer in H isto ry....... Rose Tree Road, Route 2, Media, Pa
B.S., Northwestern University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of California.
G omer H. D avies, Assistant in Physical Education for M e n ___ Swarthmore College
B.S., East Stroudsburg State Teachers College; Ed.M., Temple University.
J o h n B. H . D onaldson, Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
Brookside Road, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A. and LL.B., University of Pennsylvania.
H enry A. D rumm , Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
563 Mill Road, Brookline, Pa.
B.S. and M.A., Temple University.
Barbara Elmore , Director of Arts and C ra fts................................. 525 Walnut Lane
J Sarah F lemister , Lecturer in Biology,
Rogers Lane & Plush Mill Rd., Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University.
H enry C. F ord, Assistant in Physical Education for M e n .............. 47 Amherst Ave.
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ed.M., Temple University.
H elen H all, Consultant in Reading and Language.......................407 Hillbom Ave.
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Univ. of Pa.
H elen M anning H unter , Lecturer in Economics . . 5 College Circle, Haverford, Pa.
B.A., Smith College; Ph.D., Radcliffe College.
O lga Lang , Lecturer in Russian ................................................... Swarthmore College
Graduate, University of Moscow.
Barbara P earson Lange, Director of Dramatics and Lecturer in English,
319 Cedar Lane
t Absent on leave, 1959-60.
18
Sarah Lee Lippincott , Research Associate in Astronom y................ 510 Elm Avenue
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Swarthmore College.
J ames W . Lukens , J r ., Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
1050 Baltimore Pike, Springfield, Pa.
B.S.E.E., University of Louisville; LL.B., Washington & Lee University.
J ames J. M cAdoo, Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
513 East Bringhurst St., Germantown, Pa.
J ames C. M ayer, Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
31 Eastwood Road, Media, Pa.
B.A., Pennsylvania State University.
J ames H. M iller , Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
834 Seventh Ave., Prospect Park, Pa.
B.S. and M.S., University of Pennsylvania.
J. Earl N ess, J r ., College O rganist...........................2034 Pine St., Philadelphia, Pa.
Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; A.A.G.O.
Arthur Parris, Assistant in M u sic ........ 533 Westview Street, Philadelphia 19, Pa.
B.S., Juilliard School of Music; Diploma, Conservatoire Nationale de Musique,
Paris; M.A., Bryn Mawr College.
J ean Ashmead P erkins , Lecturer in F rench...................................414 Drew Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
V in cent P ersichetti, Lecturer in M u sic.............. Wise Mill Road, Philadelphia, Pa.
Mus.B., Combs College; Mus.M. and Mus.D., Philadelphia Conservatory of
Music.
A lbert R. Schm itt , Lecturer in G erm an.............. 234 President Ave., Rutledge, Pa.
B.A., Colby College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
J acqueline L. Schroedter, Research Assistant in Astronomy . .Swarthmore College
B.A., University of Arizona.
H oward D. Sipler , Assistant in Physical Education for Men . . 120 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College
Z ara Shakow Steiner , Lecturer in Political Science...........................Princeton, N. J.
B.A., Swarthmore College; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University; Ph.D., Radclifie
College.
A rm en Suny , Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
24 Lindberg Ave., Broomall, Pa.
P hoebe Lukens W elsh , Assistant in Physical Education for Women,
115 Ogden Avenue
B.A., University of Pennsylvania.
19
D
iv is io n s a n d
D
epartm ents
Division of the Humanities—J ames D. Sorber, Chairman
I.
Classics, H elen F. N orth , Chairman.
English Literature, G eorge J. B ecker, Chairman.
Fine Arts, Robert M. W alker , Chairman.
History, M ary A lbertson, Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Modern Languages, Edith P hilips , Chairman.
Music, P eter G ram Swing , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, Richard B. Brandt, Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H ans W allach , Chairman.
II.
Division of the Social Sciences— P aul H. Beik , Chairman
Economics, Clair W ilcox , Chairman.
History, M ary A lbertson , Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, Richard B. Brandt, Chairman.
Political Science, J. Roland Pennock , Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H ans W allach , Chairman.
III.
Division of the Natural Sciences—W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Chairman
Astronomy, P eter
van de
K amp , Chairman.
Biology, Robert K. Enders, Chairman.
Chemistry, W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Chairman.
Electrical Engineering, H oward M. J enkins , Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brink m an n , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, Richard B. Brandt, Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. E lmore , Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H ans W allach , Chairman.
IV.
Division of Engineering— Samuel T. Carpenter , Chairman
Civil Engineering, Samuel T. Carpenter , Chairman.
Electrical Enginering, H oward M. J enkins , Chairman.
Mechanical Engineering, Bernard M orrill, Acting Chairman.
Chemistry, W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. Elmore , Chairman.
20
Sta n d in g C o m m it t e e s
of the
F a cu lty
Moore, Chairman.
Becker, Carpenter, Cobbs, Field, Prentice, Sorber.
academic requirements :
( m e n ): Prentice, Chairman.
Barr, Cobbs, Elverson, Moore, Mullins, Newlin, Shane, D. Smith, Stott.
admissions and scholarships
( w o m en ) : Cobbs, Chairman.
Barr, Brown, Meinkoth, Passoth, Prentice, H. Wright.
admissions and scholarships
ATHLETICS: Stetson, Chairman.
Carruth, Cratsley, Dayton, Dunn, Prager, Prentice, Rath, Shane.
Field, Chairman.
Cowden, Fukushima, MacAdam, North, Orbison, Stott.
collection : Shane, Chairman.
Dayton, Hoffman, Lange, Orbison, Scriven, D. Smith, Swing, Walker.
awards and prizbs :
COOPER foundation : Brandt, Chairman.
Bowler, Enders, Overstreet, Philips, Shane, Spies, Urban, E. Wright.
Beardsley, Chairman.
Albertson, Barus, Cobbs, Moore, Pierson, Prentice, Rosen.
curriculum :
distinction in th e course program :
Moore, Chairman.
Barus, Cohn, Garrett, Pierson.
Cratsley, Chairman.
Brandt, Brown, Carruth, Cook, Garrett, Meinkoth, Newlin, C. Shero.
faculty and staff benefits :
SWARTHMORE fellow ships : Enders, Chairman.
Becker, Carey, Haight, Morrill, Ostwald, Whitaker.
Mullins, Chairman.
Denison, Klees, MacAdam, McCrumm, Orbison (Secretary), Pierson, Stott.
fellowships from other institutions :
Courtney Smith, Chairman.
Beik, Carpenter, Cobbs, Jenkins, Keighton, Moore, Prentice, Sorber, Wilcox.
instruction :
Lafore, Chairman.
Hoffman, Klees, Philips, Rhys, Shaw, Tolies, Weber, Willis.
library:
Wallach, Chairman.
Brinkmann, Elmore, Fehnel, March, McCrumm.
master of arts :
Madison, Chairman.
Bowie, Brinkmann, Coolidge, Foster, Meinkoth, Spies, Stott.
pre -medical program :
Pennock, Chairman.
Albertson, Brown, Cratsley, Wilcox.
public affairs research :
North, Chairman.
Cohn, Cratsley, Elmore, Fehnel, Morrill, Pennock, Wallach.
research :
Moore, Chairman.
Haight, Moll, Newlin, Rhys, Riesenberg, Rosen.
schedule of classes:
Prentice, Chairman.
Beik, Cobbs, Stott, Swing, Tolies.
student affairs :
van de Kamp, Chairman.
Nachmias, J. Rosenberg, Walker, E. Wright.
travel allowance :
Cook, Chairman.
Davisson, Horn, MacAdam, Prager, Rath, Shane, Stanton, Stetson.
use of college facilities by outside organizations :
SECRETARY to THE faculty : Jenkins.
21
Administrative Officers and Assistants
P resid en t ’s O f fic e
President, Courtney Sm ith , B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University; LL.D.,
University of Pennsylvania; LL.D., Temple University; L.H.D., Bucknell Uni
versity.
Assistant to the President, A ldon D uane Bell , B.A., University of Oklahoma; B.A.,
Oxford University.
Secretary, M artha H. D ecrouez , B.S., University of Minnesota.
V ic e -P resid en ts ’ O ffic e
Vice-President— (Finance) and Controller, Edward K. Cratsley.
B.A., College of Wooster; M.B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
Vice-President—Public Relations and Alumni Affairs, J oseph B. Sha n e .
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Secretaries, D oris S. M usgrave, M ildred A. Scott .
D ea n s ’ O ffices
Deans:
Susan P. Cobbs, B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College; M.A., New York
University; Ph.D., University of Chicago.
W illiam C. H. P rentice , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University.
Associate Dean:
J o h n M. M oore , B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Associate Dean and Financial Aid Officer:
G ilmore Stott , B.A. and M.A., University of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., Oxford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Assistant Deans:
R obert A. Barr, J r ., B.A., Swarthmore College.
D eborah P. M acA dam, B.A., Swarthmore College.
An n E. C. P assoth, B.A., Swarthmore College.
Administrative Assistants:
M argaret W . M oore , B.A., Park College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
H elen W hiteway .
Consultant in Reading and Language:
H elen H all , B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Uni
versity of Pennsylvania.
Head Residents in Dormitories:
An n E. C. P assoth, Willets Hall, B.A., Swarthmore College.
J acqueline L. Schroedter , Worth Hall, B.A., University of Arizona.
M artha P. Sha ne , Robinson House; B.A., Swarthmore College.
V irginia von Frankenberg , Parrish Hall; B.A., University of Nebraska.
M ayme R. W illiams , Willets Hall.
Secretaries to the Deans:
E mily Bonsall .
M argaret Campbell , B.A., Smith College.
M yrtle R. K eeny , B.A., Dickinson College.
Frances W ills Slaugh , B.A., Swarthmore College.
22
R egistrar ’s O f fic e
Registrar, J o h n M. M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary;
M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Secretaries, M arjorie L. W ebb, B.A., University of Delaware.
Rosamond W. G arrett, B.A., Wilson College.
L ibrary St a f f
College Library
Librarian: Charles B. Shaw , B.A., M.A., and L.H.D., Clark University.
Technical Services Librarian: M artha A. Connor , B.S., M.A., University of
Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Assistant Librarians:
Cataloging: E lizabeth L. H arrar, B.A., University of Delaware; M.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
E lizabeth S. Sharpless, B.A., Swarthmore College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel
Institute.
Order: M ary C. K erbaugh, B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S. in
L.S., Drexel Institute of Technology.
Assistants: G ail C. T icknor , B.M us., New England Conservatory of Music;
An n M angrum ; D oris P itm an M oist.
Readers Services librarian: H oward H. W illiams, B.A., Lake Forest College;
M.A., and B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Assistant Librarians:
Circulation: D oris Beik , B.A., and B.S. in L.S., New York State College
for Teachers.
Periodicals: M ary G. T ait , B.A., Wells College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel In
stitute.
Assistants: J osephine Sm ith , B.A., Swarthmore College; P atricia H ar
low , B.A., Earlham College; A n n e P erkins , University of Delaware;
V irginia von Frankenberg , B.A., University of Nebraska; A nnette
J acobson, B.A., City College of New York.
Friends Historical Library
Director: Frederick B. T olles, B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard University;
D.Litt., Haverford College.
Assistant Director: D orothy G. H arris, B.A., Wellesley College; B.S. in L.S.,
Drexel Institute; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Secretarial Assistant: B etty Liveright .
Cataloger: M ildred H irsch , B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Swarthmore College Peace Collection:
Curator: M arjorie V. Edwards, B.A., Swarthmore College.
Secretarial Assistant: Sally F. Chambers.
Honorary Curators of the Friends Historical Library
Clem ent M. Biddle ................................................................................. New York, N. Y.
An n a P ettit Broome ll ........................................................................ Philadelphia, Pa.
H enry J. Ca d b u r y ....................................................................................................Haverford,Pa.
An n a G riscom E l k in t o n ...................................................................................Swarthmore,Pa.
L aV erne Forbush ......................................................................... .............. .Baltimore, Md.
Lucretia Fr a n k l i n .................................
McNabb, 111.
J ames R. Fr o r e r ..........................................................................................W ijmington, Del.
W illiam H ubben
................................................................................ Philadelphia, Pa.
Caroline Biddle M a l i n ........................................................................... N ew York, N. Y.
G erald M cD onald .................................................................................... New York, N. Y.
Richmond P. M iller .................................................................................. Philadelphia, Pa.
H adassah M. L. P a r r o t ............. ............................................................. Philadelphia, Pa.
Edith V erlenden P aschall ....................................................................... Lansdowne, Pa.
23
Advisory Council of the Swarthmore College Peace Collection
Courtney Smith, Chairman; Irwin Abrams, Clement M. Biddle, Anna Cox Brinton,. Merle Curti, Emily Cooper Johnson, John W. Nason, Ray Newton, Ernst Posner,
Joseph B. Shane, Charles B. Shaw, Frederick B. Tolies, E. Raymond Wilson, Norman
Whitney.
B u s in e s s O f f i c e
Associate Controller, Operational Planning, Andrew Sim pson , B.A., Swarthmore Col
lege; M.S., Cornell University.
Assistant Controller, Accounting and Finance, G. Caroline Shero , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Assistants, Edith A. Bartholomew , M yra J. Bell , G ertrude M. G erould, M arie Louise P eck , Ray P. Sho ch .
Assistant Controller, Purchasing and Personnel, L ewis T. Cook , J r ., B.A., St. Law
rence University; M.S., Pennsylvania State College.
Secretary, E milie P. Brow n , B.A., Western Maryland College.
Manager of Bookstore, J ean M. Sorber, Assistant, H enrietta Bruce .
Stenographic Staff, M arian M. Ransburg, M arguerite Clifford , W inifred J. H all ,
O lga A. H um m er .
Switchboard Operators, J udy G race F eiy , A yme G osman , D orothy H. O lson .
H
o use
D ir e c t o r ’s O
f f ic e
Acting House Director, K athryn A. D avisson.
Assistants to the House Director, Frances L. Armitage, J osephine Boston , J anet
D. V eeder, M ayme R. W illiams .
S u p e r i n t e n d e n t ’s O f f i c b
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, W illiam M. Stanton , J r ., B.A., Univer
sity of Wisconsin.
Director of Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation, J o h n C. W ister, B.A.,
Harvard University; D.Sc., Swarthmore College.
Horticulturist, H arry W ood.
Assistants to the Superintendent, Clifford Renshaw , Sr ., Richardson Fields, Clif
ford
Renshaw , J r ., D avid M elrose.
Secretaries, V eronica Sullivan , Francis K avanagh.
D
i e t i t i a n ’s
O
f f ic e
Dietitian, R uth S. H orn .
Assistant Dietitian, Billie J. Burnett .
A lum ni
F u n d O f f ic e s
and
Director, K athryn Bassett.
Alumni Recorder, G enevieve M. W olfe .
Secretaries, Elnora Cox Swartz , P auline M. Carroll.
N
ew s
O
f f ic e —
V
o c a t io n a l
G
u id a n c e a n d
Placem ent
Director, M aralyn O rbison , B.A., Swarthmore College.
Secretary, M ildred Strain .
H
ealth
S e r v ic e
Physician, M orris A. Bow ie , B.A., University of Colorado; M.D., Harvard University.
Diplomate, American Board of Internal Medicine.
Consulting Psychiatrists:
Leon J. Saul , B.A. and M.A., Columbia University; M.D., Harvard University.
J. W . Lyons, B.A., University of Scranton; M.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Diplomates, American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology (P ).
Nurses:
P eggy Burns , R.N., M ary M cCullough , R.N., E. E lizabeth M cG eary, R.N.,
E lsb Shaw .
24
Introduction to Swarthmore C ollege
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by members of the Religious Society
of Friends, is a small co-educational college situated eleven miles southwest
of Philadelphia. In accordance with the traditions of its Quaker background,
Swarthmore students are expected to prepare themselves for full, wellrounded lives as individuals and as responsible citizens through exacting in
tellectual study supplemented by a varied program of sports and extra
curricular activities.
The college campus contains about 300 acres of rolling wooded land in
the borough of Swarthmore in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. The borough
of Swarthmore is a small residential suburb within half an hour’s commuting
distance of Philadelphia on the West Chester branch of the Pennsylvania
Railroad. Situated near the intersection of U. S. Route 1 (Baltimore Pike)
and Pennsylvania State Highway 320, Swarthmore is easily accessible by car.*
Because of its location, Swarthmore College students are able to combine
the advantages of a semi-rural setting with the opportunities offered by
Philadelphia. Especially valuable is the cooperation made possible with three
other nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and the Uni
versity of Pennsylvania.
O b je c t iv e s
and
P u rpo ses
The purpose of Swarthmore College is to make its students more valu
able human beings and more useful members of society. It shares this
purpose with other educational institutions, for American education is a
direct outgrowth of our democratic principles. Democracy is based on the
infinite worth of each individual. It can operate successfully only when
men are willing to seek together a common good. It depends upon knowl
edge and understanding of the complex problems of modern society. The
debt of our educational system to democracy is equalled only by the debt
of democracy to education.
While a common purpose underlies all American education, each school
and college and university seeks to realize that purpose in its own way.
Each must select those tasks it can do best. Only in this way can it be
most effective. Only by such selection can it contribute to the diversity and
richness of educational opportunity which is a part of the American heritage
and the American strength.
T h e R e l ig io u s T r a d it io n
Swarthmore College was founded by the Religious Society of Friends and
it seeks to illuminate the life of its students with the spiritual principles of
* To reach the college from the New Jersey Turnpike, motorists should leave by Exit 3, pro
ceed across the Walt Whitman Bridge, take ra. Route 291 past the airport to Route 420, turn
right on 420 to U. S. Route 1, turn left on Route 1 and go about a mile to its intersection with
Route 320. Turn left on 320 and follow arrows to the college.
26
that Society. Although it has been non-sectarian in control since the begin
ning of the present century and although the children of Friends are in a
minority, the college seeks to preserve the religious traditions out of which
it sprang.
The essence of Quakerism is the individual’s responsibility for seeking
truth and for applying whatever truth he believes he has found. As a way
of life, it emphasizes hard work, simple living, and generous giving; personal
integrity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement of disputes. The college
does not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view of life, or any
other specific set of convictions about the nature of things and the duty
of man. It does, however, have the two-fold aim of encouraging conscious
concern about such questions and unceasing re-examination of any view
which may be held regarding them. That is the kind of ethical and religious
character which Swarthmore seeks to develop.
T h e C o m m u n it y L if e
Swarthmore is a small college by deliberate policy. Its enrollment in
normal years is about 900 students, of whom 425 are women and 475
are men. It is semi-rural in location, residential and co-educational in
character. These features create an ideal environment for personal growth.
Co-education provides the most natural environment for both men and
women, who in their common wdrk and play come to value each other for
their true worth. Almost all of the students live in the college dormitories
and eat together in the dining room. A large number of faculty houses
are within campus boundaries, making it possible for students to have valu
able social contacts with their professors outside the classroom. The resi
dential character is the basis for a community life in which the ideals of the
college influence every member. Growth in emotional maturity, necessary
both for personal satisfaction and for effective action, is an integral part of
the total educational program.
For this reason the college encourages a wide variety of extra-curricular
activities. Participation in sports has many values, social as well as indi
vidual. Membership in student organizations is important. In practising
parliamentary procedure and in facing the victories and defeats of elective
office, students learn to live together, ironing out the clash of personalities
and the friction of different views. They learn the effectiveness of enthus
iasm and the frustration of indifference. They learn to soften their un
critical intolerance as they struggle to live successfully together. They learn
the meaning of responsibility as they become responsible for their activities.
T h e E d u c a t io n a l P r o g r a m
Swarthmore’s educational program is based on the philosophy that selfdiscovery and self-development are more valuable than the simple demon-
27
strative method of teaching. Therefore, whenever it is possible, students
are encouraged to make their own analyses, based on original source material
or on laboratory experiments.
Believing also that a liberal education is based on knowledge of many
areas of human experience, the college requires that freshmen and sophomores
take a wide variety of courses. This plan allows them to test their ability
in subjects they have already studied and to explore new fields. By
the end of their sophomore year, students are expected to make two de
cisions: first, what their field of concentration will be for the last two years;
and second, whether they prefer to take "Honors work” or to continue
their study in regular courses.
Honors work, more fully described on pages 58 to 60, is a plan
of study open to juniors and seniors who have shown independence and re
sponsibility in their academic work. They are freed from classroom routine
and meet with their instructors in small weekly seminar groups for dis
cussion and evaluation of their work. Since an Honors student pursues only
one major and one related minor subject during a semester, this system
facilitates greater concentration and greater independence than is possible
under the usual academic routine. The development of the Honors Program
and seminar method was begun under President Aydelotte in 1922 and, be
cause of its success, has been widely imitated in other institutions.
A c a d e m ic C o m p e t e n c e
Democracy demands a broad base of intelligent understanding of issues.
It also necessitates a high order of excellence in those who are destined to
become its leaders. Swarthmore can best serve society by the maintenance
of high standards. It is peculiarly fitted by tradition and performance for
this essential role, and it is precisely this readiness to do a particular job
well that gives the College its value in the educational mosaic of American
democracy.
Education is largely an individual matter, for no two students are exactly
alike. Some need detailed help, while others profit from considerable
freedom. The program of Honors study, in which Swarthmore pioneered,
is designed to give recognition to this fact. It is the most distinctive feature
of our educational program. For many students it provides an enriching
and exciting intellectual experience. It has as its main ingredients freedom
from class work, maximum latitude for the development of individual re
sponsibility, concentrated work in broad fields of study, and close associa
tion with faculty members in small seminars. The Honors program and the
Course program are parallel systems of instruction for students during their
last two years. Both are designed to evoke the maximum effort and develop
ment from each student, the choice of method being determined by individ
ual need and capacity.
28
A college is never static. Its purposes and policies are always changing
to meet new demands and new conditions. The founders of Swarthmore
would find in it today many features they never contemplated when they
shaped the College in the middle of the nineteenth century. Swarthmore,
if it is to remain alive, must be forever changing. And many people are
continually engaged in shaping its destiny the Board of Managers, ad
ministration, faculty, students, alumni, parents, and the community as a
whole. The goal is to achieve for each generation, by means appropriate
to the times, that unique contribution and that standard of excellence which
have been the guiding ideals of Swarthmore from its founding.
29
Admission
Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to
the following: from men, to Robert A. Barr, Jr., Assistant Dean for Ad
missions ; from women, to Ann E. C. Passoth, Assistant Dean for Admissions.
G
eneral
St a t e m e n t
In the selection of students the college seeks those qualities of character,
social responsibility, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily concerned
to develop. It seeks them, not in isolation, but as essential elements in the
whole personality of candidates for admission.
In the competition for admission preference is given to the children of
Friends and alumni who can meet the requirements. It is also the policy
of the college to have the student body represent not only different parts
of the United States but many foreign countries, both public and private
secondary schools, and various economic, social, religious, and racial groups.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple formula will be effective.
The task is to choose those who give promise of distinction in the quality
of their personal lives, in service to the community, or in leadership in their
chosen fields. Swarthmore College must choose its students on the basis of
their individual future worth to society and of their collective realization of
the purpose of the college.
Admission to the freshman class is normally based upon the satisfactory
completion of a four-year program preparatory to advanced liberal study.
Applicants are selected on the following evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendation of the school principal or headmaster and of others
who know the applicant.
3. Rating in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and in three Achievement Tests
of the College Entrance Examination Board.
4. Personal interview with one of the Deans or an appointed representa
tive.
5. Reading and experience, both in school and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in school, and in aptitude and
achievement tests, and should show strong intellectual interests. They should
also give evidence of sturdiness of character, promise of growth, initiative,
seriousness of purpose, and a sense of social responsibility. As future mem
bers of the college community, they should represent varied interests, types,
and backgrounds.
30
P r e p a r a t io n
The College does not require a set plan of secondary school courses as
preparation for its program. The selection of specific subjects is left to the
student and his school advisers. In general, preparation should include:
1. Skills: The following skills are essential to success in college work
and should be brought to a high level by study and practice through
out the preparatory period:
a. The use of the English language with accuracy and effectiveness in
reading, writing, and speaking.
b. The use of the principles of arithmetic, algebra, and plane geometry.
c. The use of one, or two, foreign languages to the point of reading
prose of average difficulty.
2. Subjects: All, or almost all, of the preparatory course should be com
posed of the subjects listed in the following four groups. Variations
of choice and emphasis are acceptable although some work should be
taken in each group.
History and Social Studies: American, English, European, and ancient
history; political, social, and economic problems of modern society.
Literature and Art: American, English, and foreign literature, ancient
and modern; music, art, architecture.
Natural Science and Mathematics: chemistry, physics, biology, astron
omy; algebra, geometry, trigonometry. Those planning to major
in engineering should present work in chemistry, physics, and four
years of mathematics including algebra, advanced algebra, geometry
and trigonometry.
Languages: English, Latin, Greek, German, French, Spanish, other
European or Oriental languages. Applicants who expect to major
in science are strongly advised to include German and, if possible,
French in their school programs.
A p p l ic a t io n s
and
E x a m in a t io n s
Applications must be filed in the office of the Deans by February 15
of the year in which the candidate wishes to be admitted. An application
fee of $10.00, which is not refundable, is required of all candidates.
All applicants for admission are required to take the Scholastic Aptitude
Test and three Achievement Tests given by the College Entrance Examina
tion Board.
The Achievement Test in English Composition is required of all candi
dates; the other two Achievement Tests are chosen by the candidate from
two different fields. Candidates for engineering must take the test in Ad
vanced Mathematics.
In 1959-60 these tests will be given in various centers throughout this
country and abroad on December 5, January 9, February 6, March 12, May
31
21 and August 10. Applicants are normally expected to take three Achieve
ment Tests in March of their senior year. They may take the Scholastic
Aptitude Test in December, January, February or March. Scholarship can
didates are asked to take the Aptitude Test in December or January. Those
who wish to take the tests for practice at the end of the Junior year are en
couraged to do so. All such applicants must repeat the tests in their Senior
year, however, in order to give themselves the advantage of maximum prep
aration.
Application to take the test should be made directly to the College
Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. A bulletin
of information may be obtained without charge from the Board. Students
who wish to take the test in any of the following western states, territories,
and Pacific areas—Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Alaska, Hawaii, Al
berta, British Columbia, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia, and all
Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan—should address their inquiries
and send 'their applications to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box
27896, Los Angeles 27, California. Application should be made to the
Board at least a month before the date on which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required of candidates for scholarships.
tion concerning financial aid will be found on pages 33 to 41.
Informa
Applicants should take the initiative in arranging to have an interview
with a representative of the College. Those who can do so are urged to
make an appointment to visit the College for this purpose. If this is not
possible, applicants should request a meeting with a college representa
tive in their own area.
Notices of the action of the Admissions Committees will be mailed about
May 1.
A d v a n c e d St a n d i n g
For favorable consideration, applicants for advanced standing must have
had a good scholastic record in the institution from which they wish to
transfer and must present full credentials for both college and preparatory
work, including a statement of honorable dismissal. They must take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College Entrance Examination Board
if this test has not been taken previously.
As a general practice, students are not admitted to advanced standing later
than the beginning of the sophomore year. Four terms of study at Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for a degree, two of which
must be those of the senior year.
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or placement in particular
courses if they have taken college level courses in approved schools and the
Advanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board.
32
The College Library
Expenses
Charges for the academic year 1959-60 (two semesters) :
Board, room and tu itio n .................................................
General fee ................... ..................................................
$2,070*
130
Total ch arg es........................................................................
$2,200
While a general charge for board, room and tuition is made, this may
be divided into $1,250 for tuition and $820 for board and room. The gen
eral fee of $130 per year covers the costs of student health, library and
laboratory fees, athletic fees, arts and crafts, and the support of several
other extra-curricular activities.
An additional deposit of $25 per semester is required of each student,
payable in advance, to cover incidental bills. Students may charge purchases
at the college bookstore, and certain other charges agreed to by the Business
Office. When this deposit has been exhausted a new one will be required
immediately. Any unused balance is returned at the time of graduating or
leaving college.
One half of the total sum is due not later than Registration Day at the
beginning of the fall semester. Bills are mailed before the opening of the
current term. Payments should be made by check or draft to the order of
Sw a r t h m o r e C o l l e g e . A student is not a registered student at Swarthmore College, nor on any class roll, until his bill is paid. Correspondence
about financial matters should be addressed to Miss G. Caroline Shero,
Assistant Controller.
No reduction or refunding of tuition can be made on account of absence,
illness, voluntary withdrawal, or dismissal from college. No reduction or
refund will be made for failure to occupy the room assigned for a given
term, nor is the general fee refundable. In case of absence or withdrawal
from the college and provided due notice has been given in advance to the
Business Office, there will be a refund of two-thirds of the board charge for
any time in excess of two weeks. Exceptions will be made for students who
are required by the draft to leave during the course of the academic year. In
these cases tuition, general fee, board and room charges will be refunded on a
pro rata basis.
T
u it io n
Pa y m en t P lans
Many of the parents of students may wish to pay all tuition, fees, and
residence charges on a monthly basis. It is possible to arrange this under
* An advance deposit of $25 is required of all new students in order to reserve a place in
college for the coming year. A similar deposit of $15 is required of returning students. These
deposits are credited against the bill for tuition, board, and room.
33
certain alternative plans. The cost is two to six percent greater than when
payments are made in cash in advance. Details of the plans will be fur
nished by the College prior to issuance of the first semester’s bill in September.
A ccident
and
Sickness I nsurance
The college makes available both accident and accident and sickness in
surance to students through John C. Paige & Company of Boston, Massachu
setts. Accident coverage alone costs $5.00 per year (12 months) for women,
and $10.00 for men. The combined accident and sickness policy is avail
able at an annual cost of $18.00 for women and $22.00 for men. At least
acoident coverage is required of all students who participate in intercollegiate
athletic activities and the combined accident and sickness policy is particu
larly recommended. Application forms are mailed to all students during the
summer.
Scholarships and Student Aid
The college awards scholarships to a substantial number of students each
year. These awards are normally made to entering freshman students and
are renewable for four years. About sixty-five scholarships are awarded
each year, carrying stipends varying from $200 to $1800 annually. Seventeen
freshman scholarships, three of which are designated for students in the
field of engineering, provide stipends up to a maximum figure of $1800.
The average stipend is at present in the neighborhood of $800 annually. All
awards are based upon school or college record, and upon the financial need
of the family as revealed in confidential statements to the Scholarship Com
mittee through the agency of the College Scholarship Service. First year
transfer students are not eligible for scholarship aid.
Candidates wishing to apply for scholarships should make the usual ap
plication for admission. All applicants for admission are given the oppor
tunity to apply for scholarship aid. The candidate’s status with respect to
need for scholarship is not considered to be a relevant factor in the matter
of reaching decisions concerning admission to the college.
During the current academic year the college has granted over $200,000
in scholarships. About one-third of that sum is provided by special gifts
and the endowed scholarships listed below. Applicants are not required
to apply for specific scholarships but will be considered for financial aid
either from endowed scholarships or from general college scholarship funds.
G rants-in -aid, to a limited number, may be awarded to students with
financial need and average scholastic standing who could not earn all they
need without serious detriment to their academic work.
College Employment affords opportunity to earn money by regular
work at current wage rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories or
libraries. A student may hold a college job in addition to a scholarship
or a grant-in-aid. The distribution of jobs among those authorized to hold
34
them is made by the Student Employment office. Residents of the borough
of Swarthmore often send requests for services to the college, which co
operates in making these opportunities known to students. Last year over
four hundred students secured work through the office. Many students
earn from eight to ten dollars a week and still maintain an excellent scholastic
standing.
S c h o l a r s h ip s
for
M
en
The G e o r g e F. B a k e r S c h o l a r s h ip s . The George F. Baker Scholar
ships, awarded for the first time in 1950, have been given to the college
as part of a national scholarship program. They are the gift of the George
F. Baker Foundation and will be awarded to three freshman men for the year
1959-60. The actual amount of the scholarships, in part determined
by financial need, will be a maximum of $1,800 for each year of the student’s
college career. Students will be chosen for these awards primarily on the
basis of achievement and promise of leadership in business, government and
the professions.
O p e n S c h o l a r s h ip s f o r M e n . Swarthmore College awards annually
five four-year scholarships to men entering the freshman class. These
scholarships, based on the general plan of the Rhodes Scholarships, are
given to candidates who, in the opinion of the Committee of Award, rank
highest in scholarship, dharacter and personality. The amount of the annual
award varies from $200 to $1800 according to the financial need of the
winner.
The T h o m a s B . M c C a b e A c h i e v e m e n t A w a r d s , established by Thomas
McCabe ’15, are awarded to freshman men from the Delmarva Peninsula
and the State o f Maine who give promise of leadership. In making selec
tions, the Committee will place emphasis on ability, character, personality,
and service to school and community. One or two awards, providing an
annual grant of $1,200, will be made to residents of Delaware or the Eastern
Shore counties of Maryland or Virginia. One award, providing a maximum
annual grant of $1,800, will be made to a resident of die State of Maine.
B.
The S c o t t A w a r d a t Sw a r t h m o r e . A scholarship established by the
Scott Paper Co. of Chester, Pa., in honor of its former president, Arthur
Hoyt Scott of the Class of 1895. Given for the first time in 1953, it will
be awarded annually to an outstanding sophomore who plans to enter busi
ness after graduation and who demonstrates the qualities of scholarship,
character, personality, leadership, and physical vigor. The award provides
the recipient with $500 or $1,000 for each of his last two years in college,
the amount varying according to need.
The S c o t t B . L i l l y S c h o l a r s h ip , endowed by Jacob T. Schless of the
Class of 1914 at Swarthmore College, was offered for the first time in 1950.
This scholarship is in honor of a former distinguished Professor of En
35
gineering and, therefore, students who plan to major in engineering will be
given preference. The stipend provides a maximum of $1,500 a year for
four years.
The P h i l i p T. S h a r p l e s S c h o l a r s h i p , a four-year scholarship open to
entering freshmen, is designed to honor and encourage young men in engi
neering or physical science. The committee, in making its selections, will
have regard for candidates who rank highest in scholarship, character, per
sonality, leadership, and physical vigor. At least one scholarship will be
given each year with a maximum grant of $1,800.
The A a r o n B . I v in s S c h o l a r s h ip is awarded annually to a young man
of the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia.
This scholarship, awarded by the faculty of Friends Central School, and
subject to the approval of Swarthmore College, has a maximum value of
$900.
The H o w a r d C o o p e r J o h n s o n S c h o l a r s h i p , established by Howard
Gooper Johnson ’96, provides a stipend of approximately $500 a year. It
is awarded on the basis of all-around achievement to a male undergraduate
who is a member of the Society of Friends.
The T. H. D u d l e y P e r k i n s M e m o r ia l S c h o l a r s h i p is awarded annually
to an entering freshman on the basis of qualities of manhood, force of
character and leadership; literary and scholastic ability; physical vigor as
shown by participation in out-of-doors sports or in other ways. It has a
maximum value of $500.
The M i l l e r -F l o u n d e r s Sc h o l a r s h ip of $500 per year is awarded to a
freshman man who resides in and has attended school in Delaware County,
Pennsylvania. To be eligible for the award the student must have clearly
demonstrated leadership in scholastic achievement and in extra-curricular
activities during his high school program. The scholarship is usually awarded
in alternate years and is renewable provided a satisfactory record is main
tained.
The W i l l ia m G. a n d M a r y N. S e r r il l H o n o r s S c h o l a r s h i p is a
competitive Scholarship for Men, awarded to a candidate for admission to
the college, based upon the general plan of the Rhodes Scholarships. The
annual stipend is $375. Preference will be given to men who are residents
of Abington Township, including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery
County, Pa.
The Sa r a h K a i g h n C o o p e r S c h o l a r s h i p , founded by Sallie K . Johnson
in memory of her grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is awarded
to a man in the Junior Class who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
36
entering College, the best record for scholarship, character, and influence.
The value of this scholarship is approximately $225 annually.
The D o n a l d R e n w i c k F e r g u s o n S c h o l a r s h i p , established by Mrs.
Amy Baker Ferguson, in memory of her husband, Donald Renwick Ferguson,
M.D., of the Class of 1912, is awarded to a young man who is looking for
ward to the study of medicine. The scholarship will pay a maximum of
$600.
The P e t e r M e r t z S c h o l a r s h ip carries a stipend of approximately $500
a year for four years and is awarded to an entering freshman outstanding in
mental and physical vigor, who shows promise of spending these talents for
the good of the college community and of the larger community outside.
The award was established in 1955 by Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in
memory of Peter Mertz, who was a member of the class of 1957.
The A n t h o n y B e e k m a n P o o l Sc h o l a r s h i p . This scholarship, carrying
a stipend of $350 annually, is awarded to an incoming freshman man of
promise and intellectual curiosity. It is given in memory of Tony Pool of
the Class of 1959.
S c h o l a r s h ip s
for
W
om en
O p e n S c h o l a r s h ip s f o r W o m e n . Mr. and Mrs. Daniel S. White, of
the Class of 1875, on the occasion o f the Fiftieth Reunion of that class,
established three open competitive scholarships for women. These scholar
ships are given to candidates who, in the opinion of the Committee of Award,
rank highest in scholarship, character and personality. The amount of the
award varying from $200 to $1,500 is based upon the financial need.
The A l u m n a e S c h o l a r s h i p , established by the Philadelphia and New
York Alumnae Clubs, is awarded on the same basis as the Open Scholarships.
It is awarded for one year and has a maximum value of $500.
The A n n i e S h o e m a k e r S c h o l a r s h ip is granted annually to a young
woman of the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila
delphia. This scholarship, awarded by the faculty of Friends Central School,
and subject to the approval of Swarthmore College, has a maximum value
of $900.
The C l a r a B. M a r s h a l l S c h o l a r s h i p , established by the will of Dr.
Clara B. Marshall, is awarded to a woman at Swarthmore College with
preference given to descendants of her grandfathers, Abram Marshall or
Mahlon Phillips. The amount of the scholarship is approximately $800
per year.
The G e o r g e K. a n d S a l l ie K. J o h n s o n F u n d provides $450 a year,
to be used in granting financial aid during the senior year for young women
who are fitted to become desirable teachers.
37
The M a r y C o a t e s P r e s t o n S c h o l a r s h i p F u n d . A sum of money has
been left by will of Elizabeth Goates, the annual interest of which provides
about $725. This amount is given as a scholarship to a young woman student
in Swarthmore College, preferably to a relative of the donor.
The H a r r ie t W . P a is t e F u n d provides a scholarship of approximately
$500 a year for a young woman who is a member of the Society of Friends
(Philadelphia Yearly Meeting).
The M a r y T. L o n g s t r e t h S c h o l a r s h i p was founded by Rebecca C.
Longstreth in memory of her mother and is to be awarded annually to
assist a young woman student to pursue her studies in the College. The
value of this scholarship is approximately $325 anually.
The J e s s ie S t e v e n s o n K o v a l e n k o S c h o l a r s h i p F u n d , the gift of
Michel Kovalenko in memory of his wife, provides an annual income of
$650. This sum is to be awarded to a student, preferably a woman, who
is in her junior or senior year and who is a major in astronomy, or to a
graduate of the college, preferably a woman, for graduate work in astronomy
at Swarthmore or elsewhere.
The income of the K a p p a A l p h a T h e t a S c h o l a r s h i p F u n d , given by
members and friends of the Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore,
is awarded annually to a woman student. The award amounts to approx
imately $225 annually.
The M a r y W o o d F u n d provides approximately $65 a year and may be
awarded to a young woman who is preparing to become a teacher.
S c h o l a r s h ip s O p e n
to
M
en
and
W
om en
The M id w e s t S c h o l a r s h ip s , carrying a maximum stipend of $1,800, are
awarded each year to one man and one woman applicant who reside in
Illinois, Indiana, Michigan or Wisconsin. Winners will be selected on the
basis of their potential contribution to the academic and extracurricular life
of the College.
The K a t h l e e n H . a n d M a r t i n M . D e c k e r F o u n d a t i o n S c h o l a r s h i p
is awarded annually to young men and women preparing themselves in the
field of Engineering or the Biological, Chemical, or Physical Sciences. The
Scholarship Committee in making its selections will have regard for candi
dates who rank high in scholarship, leadership, and character. At least one'
scholarship will be given each year with a maximum grant of $1,000.
The M a r s h a l l P. S u l l i v a n S c h o l a r s h i p F u n d , established by Creth
and Sullivan, Inc. in memory of Marshall P. Sullivan of the Class of 1897,
provides $1,000 annually for one or more scholarships. Preference will be
given to graduates of George School, but if no suitable candidate applies
from this school, graduates of other Friends schools or other persons will be
eligible.
38
The RCA Sc h o l a r s h i p , provided by the Radio Corporation of America,
is awarded to a young man or woman who is making a creditable academic
record in the field of science or engineering at the undergraduate level.
This scholarship provides $800 a year and the appointment is usually made
for the junior or senior year.
The E. H ib b e r d L a w r e n c e S c h o l a r s h ip provides approximately $700 a
year for a scholarship to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks
high in scholarship, character, and personality and who has need for financial
assistance.
The E d w a r d C l a r k s o n W i l s o n S c h o l a r s h i p . A scholarship has been
established at Swarthmore by friends of Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, form
erly Principal of the Baltimore Friends School. It will be awarded each year
to a former student of the Baltimore Friends School, who has been approved
by the faculty of the school, on the basis of high character and high
standing in scholarship.
The C l a s s o f 1915 S c h o l a r s h ip F u n d was established on the occasion
of the Twenty-fifth Reunion of the Class and provides an income of ap
proximately $550. This sum is to be awarded either to freshmen or other
students, with preference given to descendants of the members of the Class
of 1915.
The C l a s s o f 1930 Sc h o l a r s h ip is awarded annually to a young man or
woman who is in need of financial assistance. Preference is given to in
coming freshmen but other students are eligible. The scholarship provides
$500 annually.
The C l a s s o f 1931 S c h o l a r s h ip F u n d was established on the 25th re
union of the class. It provides a scholarship up to a maximum of $1,000
to a man or woman who has need for financial assistance and who ranks
high in scholarship, character and personality. Preference is given to en
tering freshmen who are children of members of the class of 1931.
The E d w a r d S. B o w e r M e m o r ia l S c h o l a r s h ip , established by Mr. and
Mrs. Ward T. Bower in memory of their son, Class of ’42, provides a
stipend of approximately $600 annually to a man or woman student who
ranks high in scholarship, character, and personality, and who has need for
financial assistance.
The D a n i e l U n d e r h i l l S c h o l a r s h ip , given by Daniel Underhill ’94,
in memory of his grandfather, Daniel Underhill, member of the first Board
of Managers, provides $500 annually for a deserving student in need of
financial aid.
The W e s t in g h o u s e A c h i e v e m e n t S c h o l a r s h i p of $500 per year is
awarded to a high ranking major in electrical or mechanical engineering for
the senior year.
39
The R a c h e l W. H i l l b o r n S c h o l a r s h i p was founded by Anne Hillbom Philips of the Class of 1892 in memory of her mother, with the
stipulation that the income shall go to a student in the junior or senior
class who is studying for service in the international field. Preference will
be given to a Friend or to one who intends to contribute to world under
standing through diplomatic service, participation in some international
government agency, the American Friends Service Committee, or similar activ
ities. The annual income amounts to approximately $450.
The J o n a t h a n K. T a y l o r S c h o l a r s h ip , in accordance with the donor’s
will, is awarded by the Board of Trustees of the Baltimore Monthly Meet
ing of Friends. This scholarship is first open to descendants of the late
Jonathan K. Taylor. Then, while preference is to be given to members of
the Baltimore Yearly Meeting of Friends, it is not to be confined to them
when suitable persons in membership cannot be found. The value of this
scholarship is approximately $675 annually.
The P hebe A nna T horne F und provides an income of approximately
$3,325 for scholarships for students needing pecuniary assistance whose
previous work has demonstrated their earnestness and their ability. This
gift includes a clause of preference to those students who are members of
the New York Monthly Meeting of Friends.
The W e s t b u r y Q u a r t e r l y M e e t i n g , N. Y., S c h o l a r s h i p , amounting
to $250, is awarded annually by a commitee of that Quarterly Meeting.
The S a r a h A n t r i m C o l e S c h o l a r s h ip was founded by her parents in
memory of Sarah Antrim Cole of the Class of 1934. It is awarded to a
graduate of the Worthington High School, Worthington, Ohio, or of the
North High School, Columbus, Ohio. The scholarship provides a mavi'miim
grant of $500 a year.
The L a f o r e S c h o l a r s h ip is awarded in memory of John A. Lafore of
the Class of 1895. The college in granting this scholarship will give prefer
ence to qualified candidates who show need of financial assistance and who
are descendants of Amand and Margaret White Lafore. The value of the
scholarship is approximately $500 a year.
The J a m e s E. M i l l e r S c h o l a r s h i p . Under the will of Arabella M.
Miller approximately $200 is available annually for students of Delaware
County (with preference for residents of Nether Providence Township).
The Chi O mega Scholarship provides an award of approximately $325
annually to a member of the freshman class who is in definite need of finan
cial aid. Preference is given to daughters or sons of members of the
fraternity.
The D e l t a G a m m a S c h o l a r s h ip provides an annual income of ap
proximately $135. This sum is to be awarded to a blind student at Swarth-
40
more College in need of financial assistance. In any year in which there is
no such candidate the fund may be awarded to a freshman woman.
The K appa K appa G amma Scholarship provides an award of ap
proximately $300 annually to a member of the freshman class who is in need
of financial aid. Preference is given to relatives of members of the Fraternity.
The Samuel W illets F und . This fund provides an annual income
of approximately $7,000 for scholarships. A portion of the fund is assigned
for scholarships in the name of Mr. Willets’ children, Frederick Willets, Ed
ward Willets, Walter Willets, and Caroline W . Frame.
The I. V. W illiamson Scholarships. These scholarships provide an
income of about $2,000 annually. Preference is given to graduates of
Friends Central, George School, New York Friends Seminary, Baltimore
Friends School, Wilmington Friends School, Moorestown Friends School,
Friends Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School and Brooklyn
Friends School.
The income from each of the following funds is awarded at the discretion
of the college to students needing financial aid:
The Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship F und .
The R ebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship F und .
The W illiam D orsey Scholarship F und .
The G eorge Ellsler Scholarship Fund .
The J oseph E. G illingham F und .
The T homas L. Leedom Scholarship F und .
The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship F und .
The Mark E. R eeves Scholarship F und .
The Frank Solomon M emorial Scholarship F und .
The Mary Sproul Scholarship F und .
The H elen Squier Scholarship F und .
The J oseph T. Sullivan Scholarship F und .
The D eborah F. W harton Scholarship F und .
The T homas W oodnutt Scholarship F und .
Special Loan F unds
Several loan funds are administered by a committee to which application
should be made through the financial aid officer. Students in good standing
who have a demonstrated financial need and who do not receive sufficient
scholarship or other assistance to provide for that need are encouraged to
apply for loans which are repayable after the completion of the student’s
higher education. Amounts vary according to need, though the college fol
lows the principle that students should avoid heavy indebtedness which might
41
prove detrimental to their own plans and progress. Loans are not normally
made to freshmen.
The Class o f 1913 L oan F u n d .
The C l a s s o f 1 9 1 6 L o a n F u n d .
The J o h n A. M i l l e r L o a n F u n d .
The P a u l M . P e a r s o n L o a n F u n d .
T h e SwARTHMORE COLLEGE STUDENT LOAN FUND.
The
E l l is D . W
il l ia m s
Fund.
42
Educational Resources
The primary educational resources of any college are the quality of its
faculty and the spirit of the institution. Second to these are the physical
facilities, in particular the libraries, laboratories and equipment.
Laboratories, well equipped for undergraduate instruction and in some
cases for research, exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psychology,
astronomy, and in civil, mechanical and electrical engineering. The Sproul
Observatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center of
much fundamental research in multiple star systems. The Edward Martin
Biological Laboratory provides exceptional facilities for work in psychology,
zoology, botany, and pre-medical studies. The Pierre S. du Pont Science
Building, scheduled for completion early in I960, will provide superior ac
commodations for chemistry, mathematics, and physics.
The S w a r t h m o r e C o l l e g e L ib r a r y , in part the gift of Andrew Car
negie, contains reading rooms, offices and a collection of 199,000 volumes.
Some 5700 volumes are added annually. About 942 periodicals are re
ceived regularly. The general collection, including all but the scientific and
technical books and journals, is housed in the library building, situated on
the front campus. An addition providing storeroom for 150,000 volumes
was erected in 1935. The library is definitely a collection of books and
journals for undergraduate use. The demands of Honors work, however,
make necessary the provision of large quantities of source material not
usually found in collections maintained for undergraduates. It is a point
of library policy to try to supply, either by purchase or through inter-library
loan, the books needed by students or members of the faculty for their
individual research.
In addition, the library contains certain special collections—the British
Americana collection, the Wells Wordsworth and Thomson collections, and
a collection of the issuances of 497 private presses.
A number of special features enrich the academic background of the col
lege. Among these are the following:
The B id d l e M e m o r ia l L ib r a r y is an attractive fireproof structure of
stone and steel given by Clement M. Biddle, ’96, in memory of his father,
Clement M. Biddle, who served for over twenty years as a member of the
Board of Managers or as an officer of the Corporation of the College. This
building houses the Friends Historical Library, which includes the Swarth
more College Peace Collection.
The F r ie n d s H is t o r ic a l L ib r a r y , founded in 1870 by Anson Lapham,
is one of the outstanding collections in the United States of manuscripts,
43
books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the history of the Society of
Friends. The library is a depository for records of Friends Meetings belong
ing to Philadelphia Yearly Meeting. More than 1,000 record books have
been deposited; many of them have been reproduced on microfilm, for
which a reading machine is available. The William Wade Hinshaw Index
to Quaker Meeting Records indexes the material of genealogical interest in
the records of 307 meetings in various parts of the United States. Notable
among the other holdings are the Whittier Collection (first editions and
manuscripts of John Greenleaf Whittier, the Quaker poet), the Mott Manu
scripts (over 400 autograph letters of Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s
rights leader), and the Hicks Manuscripts (more than 300 letters of Elias
Hicks, a famous Quaker minister). The Library’s collection of books and
pamphlets by and about Friends numbers approximately 20,000 volumes.
About 125 Quaker periodicals are currently received. There is also an ex
tensive collection of photographs of meeting houses and pictures of repre
sentative Friends. It is hoped that Friends and others will consider the ad
vantages of giving to this Library any books and family papers which may
throw light on the history of the Society of Friends.
The Sw a r t h m o r e C o l l e g e P e a c e C o l l e c t i o n is of special interest to
research students and others seeking the records of the Peace Movement.
The personal papers of Jane Addams of Hull House, Chicago, (approx
imately 10,000 items) formed the original nucleus of the Collection, which
now contains documentation on the history of the organized peace move
ment from its beginnings circa 1815, to the present time, as well as cor
respondence and writings of many workers for international peace and
arbitration. The Collection includes files of some 750 peace periodicals
published in the United States and abroad over the past 140 years; ap
proximately 150 such periodicals in eleven languages are currently received
from twenty-five countries. This collection is the official depository for the
archives of the leading peace organization in the United States. A more
complete description of the Collection will be found in the Guide to the
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, published by the College and avail
able for loan on request.
The W i l l ia m J. C o o p e r F o u n d a t i o n provides a varied program of
lectures and concerts which enriches the academic work of the college. The
Foundation was established by William J. Cooper, a devoted friend of the
college, whose wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a member of the
Board of Managers from 1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the
college the sum of $100,000 and provided that the income should be used
"in bringing to the college from time to time eminent citizens of this and
other countries who are leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences,
learned professions and business, in order that the faculty, students and the
college community may be broadened by a closer acquaintance with matters
of world interest.” Admission to all programs is without charge.
44
The Cooper Foundation Committee works with the departments and with
student organizations in arranging single lectures and concerts, and also
in bringing to the college speakers of note who remain in residence for a
long enough period to enter into the life of the community. Some of these
speakers have been invited with the understanding that their lectures should
be published under the auspices of the Foundation. This arrangement has
So far produced nine volumes:
Lindsay, Alexander Dunlop. The Essentials of Democracy. Philadelphia,
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1929.
Lowes, John Livingston. Geoffrey Chaucer and. the Development of His
Genius. New York, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1934.
Weyl, Hermann. Mind and Nature.
sylvania Press, 1934.
Philadelphia, University of Penn
Americans Recovery Program, by A. A. Berle, Jr., John Dickinson, A.
Heath Onthank . . . and others . . . London, New York, etc., Oxford Uni
versity Press, 1934.
Madariaga, Salvador de. Theory and Practice in International Relations.
Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1937.
Streit, Clarence Kirshman. Union N otv; a Proposal for a Federal Union
of the Democracies of the North Atlantic. New York, Harper, 1939.
Krogh, August. The Comparative Physiology of Respiratory Mechanisms.
Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1941.
Wilcox, Clair, Editor. Civil Liberties under Attack. A series of lectures
given in 1950-51. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1951.
Redfield, Robert. Peasant Society and Culture; A n Anthropological A p
proach to Civilization. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press, 1956.
The Arthur H oyt Scott H orticultural Foundation . About three
hundred acres are contained in the College property, including a large
tract of woodland and the valley of Crum Creek. Much of this tract
has been developed as an horticultural and botanical collection of trees,
shrubs and herbaceous plants through the provisions of the Arthur Hoyt Scott
Horticultural Foundation, established in 1929 by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott
and Owen and Margaret Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott of the
Class of 1895. The plant collections are designed both to afford examples
of the better kinds of trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants which are hardy
in the climate of Eastern Pennsylvania and suitable for planting by the
average gardener, and to beautify the campus. There are exceptionally fine
displays of Japanese cherries, flowering crab apples and tree peonies, and a
great variety of lilacs, rhododendrons, azaleas, daffodils, irises, herbaceous
peonies, hemerocallis and chrysanthemums. Many donors have contributed
45
generously to the collections. (For full information see Bulletin of Swarthmore College, Voi. xxxvii, No. 5.)
The
B r o n s o n M. C u t t i n g M e m o r ia l C o l l e c t i o n o f R e c o r d e d
was established at Swarthmore Gollege in 1936 by a gift of approx
imately four thousand phonograph records, a radio-phonograph, books and
musical scores, from the family of Bronson Murray Cutting, late Senator
from New Mexico. Its object is to make the best recorded music available
to the undergraduates, faculty, and friends of Swarthmore College, in co
operation with the work of the college Department of Music. The collec
tion is kept up to date with current additions.
M
u s ic
The B e n j a m i n W e s t L e c t u r e , made possible by gifts from members of
the class of 1905 and other friends of the College, is given annually on some
phlase of art. It is the outgrowth of the Benjamin West Society which built
up a collection of paintings, drawings, and prints, which are exhibited, as
space permits, in the college buildings. The lecture owes its name to the
American artist, who was born in a house which still stands on the campus
and who became president of the Royal Academy.
The P o t t e r C o l l e c t i o n o f R e c o r d e d L i t e r a t u r e , established in
1950 with accumulated income from the William Plummer Potter Public
Speaking Fund, includes a wide variety of recorded poetry, drama, and
prose. Among the 700 titles on disc and tape are contemporary writers
reading from and discussing their works ; full length versions of Shakespear
ean plays and other dramatic repertoire; the literature of earlier periods
read both in modem English and in the pronunciation of the time; British
and American ballads; lyrical verse in musical settings; and recordings of
literary programs held at Swarthmore. These materials are used as ad
juncts to the study of literature. They are made available at regular hours
to all members of the college community by a student committee which
administers the Potter Room in Bond, where most of the collection and the
amplifiers are housed. The Department of English Literature is in charge
of the collection and selects current additions.
The B e t t y D o u g h e r t y S p o c k M e m o r ia l F u n d , established through
the generosity of friends of the late member of the Class of 1952, provides
income for the purchase of dramatic recordings. These are kept in the
Potter Room.
46
College Life
H
o u s in g
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, conducted on the assumption
that an important element in education comes from close association of
students and instructors. Most students live in dormitories. Many mem
bers of the faculty live on or near the campus.
Residence Halls
There are six dormitories for men: Wharton Hall, named in honor
of its donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time President of the Board of Man
agers, Palmer, Pittenger and Roberts Halls on South Chester Road; Woolman
House; and one building on the former Mary Lyon School property.
The women’s dormitories include the upper floors in the wings of Parrish
Hall; W orth Hall, the gift of William P. Worth, '76, and J. Sharpless
Worth, ex-’73, as a memorial to their parents; Robinson House; and Willets Hall, largely made possible by a bequest from Phebe Seaman, T9, and
named in honor of her mother and aunts.
All freshmen are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Other students choose
their rooms in an order determined by lot. Special permission must be ob
tained to room outside the dormitories.
Students may occupy college rooms during vacations only by special ar
rangements with the Deans and payment of the required fee. Freshmen are
asked to leave college immediately after their last examinations in the spring
so that their rooms may be used by Commencement visitors.
Dining Rooms
All students, both men and women, have their meals in two adjoining
College Dining Rooms in Parrish Hall. The dining rooms are closed during
all vacations.
R e l ig io u s L i f e
The religious life of the college is founded on the Quaker principle
that the seat of spiritual authority lies in the Inner Light of each individual.
The Society of Friends is committed to the belief that religion is best ex
pressed in the quality of everyday living. There are accordingly no com
pulsory religious exercises, save in so far as the brief devotional element in
Collection may be so considered. Students are encouraged to attend the
churches of their choice. Episcopal, Presbyterian, Methodist, and Christian
Science churches are located in the borough of Swarthmore; other churches
and synagogues in the nearby towns of Morton, Media, and Chester. The
Swarthmore Meeting House is located on the campus. Students are cor
47
dially invited to attend its meeting for worship on Sunday. Extra-curricular
groups with faculty cooperation exist for the study of the Bible and the
exploration of common concerns in religion.
An assembly of the college, called Collection, is held at 10: 00 a. m. every
Thursday in Clothier Memorial; attendance of students is required. There
is regularly a period of silence according to the Friendly tradition and a
reading. Lasting from one-half to three-quarters of an hour, Collection
normally includes an address; but this is varied by the occasional introduc
tion of musical, dramatic, and other programs.
St u d e n t W
elfa re
Health
The college physician holds daily office hours at the college, where stu
dents may consult him without charge. A student must report any illness
to the college physician, but is free to go for treatment to another doctor if
he prefers to do so.
At the time of admission each student must present a brief medical his
tory and health certificate, prepared by the family physician on a form
supplied by the college. Pertinent information about such matters as physical
reserve, unusual medical episodes, severe allergies, or psychiatric disturbances
will be especially valuable to the college Health Service. All new students
must have been successfully vaccinated against smallpox within five years, in
accordance with Pennsylvania State law.
The college physician gives physical examinations to all students at the
beginning of each year. There is close cooperation with the Departments of
Physical Education. Recommendations for limited activity are made for
those students with physical handicaps. In some cases a student may be
excused entirely from the requirements of the Physical Education Depart
ments.
There are two infirmaries, one for men and one for women. The in
firmary for men is in Section F of Wharton H all; the women’s infirmary
is at the east end of Parrish Hall. A registered nurse is in charge of each,
under the direction of the college physician.
Each student is allowed ten days care in the infirmaries per term without
charge unless the services of a special nurse are required. After ten days,
a charge of $3.00 per day is made. Students suffering from a communicable
disease or from illness which makes it necessary for them to remain in bed
must stay in the infirmary for the period of their illness. A charge is made
for special expensive medicines and certain immunization procedures, but
ordinary medicines are furnished without cost.
The medical and infirmary facilities of the college are available to students
injured in athletic activities or otherwise, but the college cannot assume ad
ditional financial responsibility for medical and surgical expenses arising
from accidents. Accident insurance coverage is, therefore, required for all
48
students participating in athletics and is recommended for all others.
details see p. 32.)
(For
The college psychiatric consultants hold office hours by appointment each
week. The purpose of this service is to be of help in all types of emotional
problems.
Vocational Advising
The college provides vocational information and advice to assist students
in their choice of a career. Conferences and field trips ore planned periodi
cally and interviews are arranged with prospective employers. Help is offerred to students in finding employment. In addition, summer work is
planned to give students job experience in various fields.
Alumni Office
The Alumni Office keeps records of the addresses of all living graduates
and alumni of the college. It helps edit the Swarthmore alumni magazine,
and acts as liaisoh for the college with all alumni and alumni groups, inter
preting to them the present plans and policies of the college.
News Office
The News Office does a two-fold job. It helps prepare the several pub
lications put out by the college known as Swarthmore College Bulletins.
These include the alumni magazine, the President’s Report, the Catalogue,
the Student Handbook, the Viewbook, and other miscellaneous issues. In
addition to this, the News Office, through the largely student operated
News Bureau, works with the press and other communications media in pub
licizing news that is of interest to the general public.
Student Advising
The Deans and their assistants hold the primary responsibility for advising
all students. However, there are many other advisers available to each
student.
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member who acts as his course
adviser until this responsibility falls to the chairman of the student’s major
department at the end of his sophomore year. Faculty members have also
been appointed as advisers for each of the men’s varsity athletic teams.
They work closely with the team, attending practices and many of the
scheduled contests.
A group of upperclass women, under the direction of the Women’s Stu
dent Government Association, serve as counselors for all freshman women,
several counselors being assigned to each freshman hall. There are also
student proctors in each of the men’s dormitory sections. A group of
49
students cooperate with proctors and counselors in helping the Deans with
the placement program conducted during the freshman week.
Special problems may be referred by the Deans to the college physician
or to the consulting psychiatrists.
T h e St u d e n t C o m m u n it y
Student Conduct
In general the association of men and women in academic work and social
life is to be governed by good taste arid accepted practice rather than by
elaborate rules. The Society of Friends has historically been conservative in
social matters, and its influence within the college community is one of the
important factors in making Swarthmore what it is. Certain rules, however,
are of sufficient importance to deserve attention here:
1. The possession and use of liquor on the campus is forbidden, as is
drunken conduct.
2. The use or possession of firearms or other dangerous weapons is not
permitted.
3. No undergraduate may maintain an automobile while enrolled at the
College without special permission. The administration of this rule is in the
hands of a Student-Faculty committee, which authorizes cars for the use of
student organizations, and in some cases for special needs such as jobs de
pendent upon cars. Day students may use cars for commuting to College,
but special arrangements for stickers must be made for campus parking.
More detailed information may be had from the Office of the Deans.
4. It is college policy to discourage premature marriages by ruling that if
two undergraduates marry, only one may remain in college. Some exceptions
have been provided in the case of veterans and upperclass students and
information about them may be obtained from the Office of the Deans.
College rules which affect the entire student community are discussed and
formulated by the Student Affairs Committee, which is composed of mem
bers of the college administration, faculty, and student body. This com
mittee delegates to student government agencies as much authority in the
administration of rules as they responsibly accept.
Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council represents the entire under
graduate community and is the chief body of student government. Its
efforts are directed toward the coordination of student activities and the
expression of student opinion in matters of college policy.
Committees of the Council include the Budget Committee, which regulates
distribution of funds to student groups ; the Community Service Committee,
which administers welfare projects; the Elections Committee, which super
50
vises procedure in campus elections; and the Social Committee, see below.
The Curriculum Committee cooperates with a similar committee of the
faculty in the discussion of matters relating to the academic program of the
college. In addition to these, there are several joint Faculty-Student Com
mittees, whose student membership is appointed by the Council: Collection,
Cooper Foundation, Men’s Athletics and Student Affairs.
Judicial Bodies
Where infractions of college rules have occurred, decisions about respon
sibility and about penalties are made by elected committees. Four such
committees have different jurisdictions. The IVomen’s Judiciary Committee
is a branch of WSGA and is elected by the women of the student body.
It sits in all cases of violations of WSGA rules or of violations by women
of general campus regulations except as they fall in the sphere of the Student
Judiciary Committee (see below). The Men’s Judiciary Committee is
elected by the male students and sits in all cases of violations of college
rules by male students except in the kinds of cases indicated below as com
ing under the jurisdiction of the Student Judiciary Committee. The Student
Judiciary Committee, its members selected from the other two committees,
serves on cases involving the Car rule, on those involving both men and
women, and on others that may require joint action. The College Judiciary
Committee is composed of student and faculty members and the two Deans.
It deals with cases referred or appealed from the other Committees or with
any cases that involve penalties of suspension or expulsion.
Women’s Student Government
All women students are members of the Women’s Student Government
Association, headed by an Executive Board elected to promote a great variety
of women’s interests. This board includes the officers of the Association,
the hall presidents and the chairmen of certain important committees: Judi
ciary, which maintains social regulations; Vocational, which assists the
women's Vocational Director; Somerville, which arranges the program for
Somerville Day, on which alumnae are invited to return to the College, and
fosters student-alumnae relations.
Social Committee
An extensive program of social activities is managed by the Social Com
mittee appointed by the Student Council. The program is designed to appeal
to a wide variety of interests, and is open to all students. At no time is
there any charge for college social functions.
Extra-Curricular Activities
In addition to the foregoing organizations, Swarthmore students have an
opportunity to participate in a program of extra-curricular activities wide
51
enough to meet every kind of interest. No credit is given for work in such
varied fields as sculpture, play-writing, publishing the college newspaper or
playing in the orchestra. However, the college encourages a student to par
ticipate in whatever activity best fits his personal talents and inclinations,
believing that satisfactory avocations are a necessary part of life.
Extra-curricular musical activities at Swarthmore are numerous and wellsupported. The college chorus is led by Professor Swing, and the college
orchestra by Professor Spies. There are chamber music groups, madrigal
groups, and public performances of the musical works of students in com
position. There is an excellent college record collection, there are facilities
for private practice, and there are student tickets for the Philadelphia
Orchestra. The Cooper Foundation presents a distinguished group of con
certs each year.
There are faculty advisers or special instructors for the Little Theatre
Club, Print Club, the Camera Club, the Sculpture Group, the drawing and
painting groups, the creative writers, and the modern dancers. Many other
student groups for the discussion of public affairs, the integration of the
sciences, the presentation of student radio programs, and the editing of col
lege publications conduct their own affairs with occasional advice from the
faculty.
Athletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the premise that any inter
collegiate program must be justified by the contribution which it can make
to the educational development of the individual student who chooses to
participate. In keeping with this fundamental policy, Swarthmore’s athletic
program is varied and extensive, offering every student a chance to take part
in a wide range of sports. The College feels that it is a good thing to have
as many students as possible competing on its intercollegiate teams.
Fraternities
There are four national fraternity chapters at Swarthmore: Delta Upsilon,
Kappa Sigma, Phi Kappa Psi, Phi Sigma Kappa, and one local fraternity,
Tau Alpha Omicron. Fraternities are adjuncts to the college social program
and maintain separate lodges on the campus. The lodges do not contain
dormitory accommodations or eating facilities. New members are pledged
during the late fall of their first year at the college and normally about onehalf of the freshman men decide to affiliate with one of the five chapters.
Student Activities Bulletin
A booklet describing more fully all these activities and many others
can be had upon request from the Office of the Deans.
52
General Statement
Swarthmore College offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts and the degree
of Bachelor of Science. The latter is given only in the Division of Engineer
ing; the former, in the Divisions of the Humanities, the Social Sciences,
and the Natural Sciences.* Eight semesters of resident study, which are
normally completed in four years, lead to a Bachelor’s degree.
The selection of a program will depend upon the student’s interests
and vocational plans. Programs in engineering, pre-medical courses, and
chemistry, for example, are the usual preparation for professional work in
these fields. Students planning a career in law, business, or government serv
ice find majors in the humanities or social sciences of great value.
The purpose of a liberal education, however, is not primarily to provide
vocational instruction, even though it provides the best foundation for one’s
future vocation. Its purpose is to help students fulfill their responsibilities
as citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile individuals. A liberal
education is concerned with our cultural inheritance, the world of thought,
and the development of aesthetic, moral, and spiritual values.
It is necessary for most students to concern themselves with the problem
of making a living. But this concern should not lead them to a specializa
tion that is too early and too narrow. They still have need of broadening
the scope of their experience. Particular skills may afford readier access to
routine employment, but positions of greater responsibility will be occupied
by those who are equipped to think their way through new problems and
to conceive of their functions in a larger context of time and place. Liberal
education and vocational training may be the joint products of a common
process, and the courses here offered should be selected with this large
purpose.
For this reason, all students, during the first half of their college program,
are expected to complete the general college requirements, to choose their
major and minor subjects, and to prepare for advanced work in these sub
jects by taking certain prerequisites. Five full courses or their equivalent
in half courses constitute the normal program for each of the first two
years. Each course represents from eight to twelve hours of work a week
including class meetings, laboratory periods and individual preparation.
The program for upper class students affords a choice between two meth
ods of study: Honors Work, leading to a degree with Honors, and General
Courses. An Honors student concentrates on three related subjects which he
studies by the seminar method. At the end of his senior year he must take a
* For groupings of departments, see page 20.
54
battery of eight examinations on the work of his seminars, set by outside
examiners. (The system will be explained more fully below.)
A student in general courses has a somewhat wider freedom of election
and takes four full courses or their equivalent in each of the last two years.
At the end of his senior year he is required to pass a comprehensive examina
tion given by his major department.
The program for engineering students follows a similar basic plan, with
certain variations which are explained on page 89. Courses outside the
technical fields are spread over all four years.
In addition to scholastic requirements for graduation, all students must
meet certain standards of participation in Physical Education as set forth
in the statement of those departments (see pp. 132-134) and must attend
the Collection exercises of the college (see p. 48).
The course advisers of freshmen and sophomores are members of the
faculty appointed by the Deans. For juniors and seniors the advisers are
the chairmen of their major departments or their representatives.
Program for Freshmen and Sophomores
The curriculum for the first two years is designed primarily to contribute
to a student’s general education by giving him an introduction to the methods
of thinking and the content of knowledge in a variety of fields important to
a liberal education.
1. The traditional humanistic studies—those studies through which man
learns to understand himself and his relationship to his fellows as indi
viduals, and the enduring values in human experience.
2. The social sciences— those studies through which man leams to under
stand the nature of organized society, past and present, and his relationship
to it.
3. The natural sciences—those studies through which man learns to
understand his physical environment, both organic and inorganic, outside of
his own individual and social being.
Each student dhall meet the following general requirements, ordinarily
during the first two years:
1. A year-course to be chosen from Astronomy 1-2, Biology 1-2, Chemistry
1-2, Physics 1-2, Mathematics 1-2, and Mathematics 3-4.
2. Two year-courses to be chosen from Economics 1-2, History 1-2, and
Political Science 1-2. For students in the Divisions of Engineering and
the Natural Sciences the requirement shall consist of one year-course.
55
3. For students in the Humanities and Social Science divisions, four half
courses to be chosen as follows:
One half-course in literature (English or foreign).
One half-course in Fine Arts, Music, or Religion.
Two half-courses (from different departments) in History, Philosophy,
or Psychology.
For students in the Engineering and Natural Science divisions, four half
courses in at least two departments:
Two half-courses to be chosen from literature (English or foreign),
Fine Arts, Music, or Religion.
Two half-courses to be chosen from History, Philosophy, or Psychology.
History can be used as an option here by students in any division who
have not chosen History 1-2 to satisfy requirement 2 above.
Pre-medical students with a major in the Humanities or the Social Sciences
may substitute a second half-course in literature for the second requirement
above in order to satisfy medical school requirements.
4. All students except those majoring in engineering must include in their
program sufficient work in a modern or classical language to complete
course 4 or its equivalent. This may be met in whole or in part by sec
ondary school preparation as measured by the appropriate achievement
test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
Students entering college with special preparation in any one of these
subjects may apply for exemption. No student may take more than four half
courses in any one department during the first two years except in special
circumstances. Applications for exceptions must be made to the Com
mittee on Academic Requirements.
In addition to the requirements listed above, prerequisites must be com
pleted for the work of the last two years in major and minor subjects, and
sufficient additional electives must be taken to make up ten full courses.
It is expected that, after completion of the minimum courses in the gen
eral program of the first two years, the student will devote the remainder
of his sophomore year to preparing himself for more advanced study of
those subjects which have most interested him and to other courses which
will increase the range of his knowledge. He should decide, as early in
his sophomore year as possible, upon two or three subjects in which he might
like to major and should consult the statements of the departments concerned
as to required and recommended courses and supporting subjects. In most
cases he is advised to take not more than one semester of work in any sub
ject beyond the first course.
The requirement in foreign language (either classical or modern) is
such that an exceptionally well prepared freshman may demonstrate his
completion of it ’before entering college by his rating in an Achievement
56
Test given by the College Entrance Examination Board. The results of the
tests indicate, however, that most students need to devote from one to four
terms to further language study. The desired standard is normally met on
the basis of four year’s work in high school, or of three or two years’ work
in high school followed by one or two terms in college. If a student
fulfills the requirement with a language which he begins in college, he will
need to study it for four terms. If he fulfills it with a language begun
elsewhere his progress toward the degree of competence demanded is
measured by a placement test. This may be one of the achievement tests
of the College Entrance Examination Board which he has taken as a re
quirement for admission. Additional placement tests are given when neces
sary by the Swarthmore departments of language.
Physical education is required of all students (except veterans) in the first
two years. The requirements are stated in full on p. 63 and in the state
ments of the departments of Physical Education.
Program for Juniors and Seniors
W
o r k in
Course
The work of juniors and seniors in Course includes some intensive,
specialized study within a general area of interest. This comprises enough
work in a single department (designated as a "major” ) to make an equiva
lent of four full courses. Work taken during the first two years may be
counted toward fulfillment of the major requirements but not more than
six full courses or twelve half courses may be taken in the major field.
Before graduation the student must pass a comprehensive examination in his
major subject.
A student must choose his major subject at the end of the sophomore
year, and apply formally through the Registrar to be accepted by the division
concerned. The decision will be based on an estimate of his ability in his
major subject as well as on his record. If a student does not secure di
visional approval, he cannot be admitted to the junior class.
A student’s course adviser during his junior and senior years is the
chairman of his major department (or a member of the department desig
nated by the chairman) whose approval he must secure for his choice of
courses each semester.
In addition to major and recommended supporting subjects, juniors and
seniors usually have room for at least one elective a year.
The completion of eighteen full courses, or equivalent, with a minimum
average of C, normally constitutes the course requirement for a degree.
Under certain circumstances this may be reduced to seventeen. A student
may carry extra work after the freshman year with the approval of his course
adviser and of the Committee on Academic Requirements, provided that his
record in the previous year has been satisfactory.
57
The faculty may award the 'bachelor’s degree with Distinction to students
who have done distinguished work in the course program.
R e a d in g
for
H
onors
The Honors Program, initiated in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte, is a
distinctive part of Swarthmore’s educational life. It seeks to free from the
limitations of classroom routine those students whose maturity, interest, and
capacity suit them for independent work. While the program is designedly
flexible and responsive to new needs, it has been characterized from the be
ginning by three basic elements, which taken together may be said to be the
essence of the system.
1) Honors work involves a concentration of the student’s attention dur
ing his last two years upon a limited and integrated field of studies. He pur
sues only two subjects during a semester, thereby avoiding the fragmentation
of interest that may result from a program of four or more courses with their
daily assignments and frequent examinations. The content of the subject
matter field is correspondingly broader, permitting a wide range of reading
and investigation and demanding of the student correlations of an independ
ent and searching nature.
(2) Honors work frees the student from periodic examinations, since his
thinking is under continual scrutiny by his classmates and instructors. By
this program he undertakes to subject himself at the end of two years of
Honors work to examinations in all of the eight fields studied. In these
he is expected to demonstrate his competence in a field of knowledge rather
than simply his mastery of those facts and interpretations which his instructor
has seen fit to present. These examinations, consisting of a three-hour paper
in each field, are set by examiners from other institutions who read the
papers and then come to the campus to conduct an oral examination of each
student, in order to clarify and enlarge the basis of their judgment of his
command of his material.
(3) Honors work is customarily carried on in seminars of seven students
or less or in independent projects leading to a thesis. Seminars meet once a
week, in many cases in the home of the instructor, for sessions lasting three
hours or more. The exact technique of the seminar varies with the subject
matter, but its essence is a cooperative search for truth, whether it be by
papers, discussion, or laboratory experiment. Each student has an equal
responsibility for the assimilation of the whole of the material and is cor
respondingly searching in his scrutiny of ideas presented by his fellows or
by his instructor. The student is expected to devote half of his working
time during a semester to each of his fields of study.
In practice three avenues toward an Honors degree are open:
(1)
The standard program consists of eight subjects studied during the
last four semesters leading to examinations by the visiting examiners. In the
58
Division of Mathematics and the Natural Sciences where there is a heavy
burden of prerequisite courses, the student may offer as few as six fields
for examination, subject to the approval of the division. The Divisions
of the Humanities and of the Social Sciences allow seven examinations in
stead of eight only in cases of clear hardship (as in the case of some transfer
students); they do not allow such remission in order to permit the student
to pursue work of elementary or intermediate level in Course or to accommo
date some unrelated subject in his program.
(2) Students who have a special reason to study for one or two semesters
abroad or in another American institution must take the normal number of
examinations prescribed by their divisions. Such programs must be worked
out in advance, since it may not be possible to provide visiting examiners
for work offered elsewhere and since instruction in some fields of the stu
dent’s choice may not be available in the other institution. In general the
student following this avenue to an Honors degree must weigh carefully
the advantage of working independently or under tutorial guidance against
the loss he incurs by missing both the stimulus and the criticism provided
by his fellows in seminar.
(3) Students who at the end of the sophomore year did not elect or were
not permitted to read for Honors, but whose work has subsequently shown
distinction may be encouraged to take the regular Honors examinations so
that they may receive the degree of Honors recommended by the visiting
examiners. They shall receive no remission of the number of examinations
by reason of their preparation in Course but shall be subject to the regulations
governing Honors programs of the division concerned. Such students must
before the end of the seventh semester petition the division for permission
to take the Honors examinations and must submit an acceptable list of ex
aminations which they are prepared to take.
The normal pattern in Honors programs is four seminars (or examina
tions) in the major department and two in each of two minor departments.
No student is allowed more than four seminars in his major; in those cases
where he offers three seminars in each of two fields, one must be desig
nated as his major. While there is a general belief that two seminars in a
minor field are desirable because of the mutual reinforcement they provide,
there are by custom certain seminars which are allowed to stand alone. Thus
there is a considerable flexibility in Honors programs, each being subject to
the scrutiny of the departments and divisions in which the work is done.
A candidate for admission to Honors should consult the chairmen of his
prospective major and minor departments during the second semester of his
sophomore year and work out a program for the junior and senior years.
This proposed program must be filed in the office of the Registrar who will
forward it to the divisions concerned. The acceptance of the candidate by
the divisions depends in part upon the quality of his previous work as in-
59
dicated by the grades he has received but mainly upon his apparent capacity
for assuming the responsibility of Honors work. The names of the accepted
candidates are announced later in the spring. The major department is re
sponsible for the original plan of work and for keeping in touch with the
candidate’s progress from semester to semester. The division is responsible
for approval of the original program and of any later changes in that pro
gram.
At the end of the junior year Honors students are required to take the
Honors examinations set at that time for the fields they have studied. These
trial papers, however, are read by their instructors, not by the visiting ex
aminers. On the basis of the showing made in these examinations, the
student may be advised or even required to return to Course, or he may be
warned that he continues in Honors at his own risk. Those students who
return to Course under these circumstances or for other reasons will receive
grades for the work they have done while reading for Honors, but in no
case without taking examinations over the fields covered.
At the end of the senior year the reading of the examinations and the
decision of the degree of Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely
in the hands of the visiting examiners. Upon their recommendation, success
ful candidates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors, with High
Honors, or with Highest Honors. When the work of a candidate does not
in the opinion of the examiners merit Honors of any grade, his papers are
returned to his instructors, who decide, under rules of the Faculty, whether
he shall be given a degree in Course.
P r e - M e d ic a l P r o g r a m
All students who are considering the possibility of attending medical
(or dental) school after graduation from Swarthmore should register their
names with the Chairman of the Committee on Pre-Medical Education at
the first opportunity. Information and advice on general requirements and
on the special requirements of specific medical schools may be obtained by
either the student or his adviser from this committee. In addition, it is a
function of the committee to prepare a statement of evaluation and its
recommendation to each medical school to which the student may apply,
basing this statement on all information available to it, including the stu
dent’s record and faculty evaluations.
In conference with the student, the course adviser maps out a program
based on requirements listed below, the college’s general requirements, and
the particular needs and interests of the student. Beyond these considera
tions the need for understanding basic social problems, the cultivation of
sensitiveness to cultural values, and the value of intensive work in at least
one field is kept in mind in mapping an individual program.
60
The following courses are among the minimum requirements of most
medical schools: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Chemistry 28-29, Mathematics
1-2 or 3-4, Physics 1-2, English (two semester courses). The foreign lan
guage requirements of medical schools are automatically met when the stu
dent has satisfied the college language requirement, which includes language
course 4 or its equivalent. In addition, some medical schools require quanti
tative analysis (Chemistry 26) or comparative anatomy (Zoology 11). Ad
vanced work in biology, chemistry and mathematics is recommended where
the student’s program and interests permit. The student is urged to famil
iarize himself with the specific requirements of those medical schools in
which he is interested in planning his program.
The work of the junior and senior year may be done either in the honors
program or in course. Intensive work of the major may be carried out in
any department of the student’s choice, or major requirements may be met
by completing three full courses in each of two related departments in the
Division of the Natural Sciences. In the latter case the comprehensive ex
amination will be jointly arranged by the departments concerned.
Although some students have been admitted to medical schools upon the
completion of three years of college work, most medical schools strongly
advise completion of four years of college, and in practice admit very few
with less.
F o r e ig n S t u d y
Students who wish to study abroad should consult with the dean and the
chairman of their major department and plan a specific program which must
be approved by the departments concerned. A copy of this program should
be filed in the Registrar’s office. Examinations must ordinarily be taken
upon return to Swarthmore if credit is desired, but these examinations may
be waived if satisfactory evidence is presented that examinations were suc
cessfully passed abroad.
W
r it in g a n d
Sp e a k in g
Students deficient in the mechanics of composition will be required to
take tutorial work before entering the junior year. Expert assistance is also
available to increase efficiency in reading.
A special course in English for foreign students is provided when necessary.
Instruction in Public Speaking is given weekly by Mrs. Lange in a noncredit course. Students are asked to prepare and deliver formal and in
formal speeches, introductions, presentations, and to take part in round
table discussions. Frequent recordings of each student are made to aid in
self-criticism.
61
Faculty Regulations
Attendance
at
C la sses
and
C o l l e c t io n
Members of the faculty will hold students responsible for regular at
tendance at classes and will report to the Deans the name of any student
whose repeated absence is in their opinion impairing the student’s work.
The number of cuts allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact which
places a heavy responsibility on all students to make sure that their work
is not suffering as a result of absences. Since freshmen must exercise par
ticular care in this respect and since the faculty recognizes its greater re
sponsibility toward freshmen in the matter of class attendance, it is expected
that freshmen, especially, will attend all their classes.
When illness necessitates absence from classes the student should report
at once to the nurses or to the college physician.
The last meeting before vacation and the first meeting after vacation in
each course must be attended. The minimum penalty for violation of this
rule is probation.
Absences from Collection are acted upon by the Deans as instructed by
the faculty. All students are allowed four absences from Collection each
term.
G
rades
Instructors report to the Deans’ office at intervals during the year upon
the work of students in courses. Informal reports during the semester
take the form of comments on unsatisfactory work. At the end of each
semester formal grades are given in each course under the letter system,
by which A means excellent work, B good work, C fair work, D poor work,
and E failure. W signifies that the student has been permitted to withdraw
from the course by the Committee on Academic Requirements. X desig
nates a condition; this means that a student has done unsatisfactory work in
the first half of a year course, but by creditable work during the second half
may earn a passing grade for the full course and thereby remove his con
dition. R is used to designate an auditor or in cases when the work of a
foreign student cannot be evaluated because of deficiencies in English.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete with respect to specific
assignments or examinations. The Faculty has voted that the grade given
in a course should incorporate a zero for any part of the course not com
plete by the date of the final examination. The grade Incomplete should
be given only after consultation with the Registrar and only in cases in which
it can be shown that illness, military service, or the like made it impossible
for the student to complete his work before the deadline, or in cases in
which the instructor wishes to insist on the completion of the work before
giving a grade with penalties. If an Inc. is received, it must normally be
62
made up in the term immediately following that in which it was incurred. A
date is set at the end of the first six weeks of each term when make-up
examinations must be taken and late papers submitted. Under special cir
cumstances involving the use of laboratories or attendance at courses not im
mediately available, a student must secure permission to extend the time for
making up an incomplete until the second term following. This permission
must be given in writing and filed in the Office of the Registrar. Any not
made up within a year from the time it was imposed shall be recorded as
E, a failure which cannot be made up.
Reports are sent to parents and to students at the end of each semester.
For graduation in general courses, a C average is required; for gradua
tion in honors work, the recommendation of the visiting examiners.
R e g is t r a t io n
All students are required to register at the time specified in official an
nouncements and to file programs of courses or seminars approved by their
course advisers. Fines are imposed for late or incomplete registration.
A regular student is expected to take the prescribed number of courses
in each semester. If more or fewer courses seem desirable, he should con
sult his course adviser and file a petition with the Committee on Academic
Requirements. A student who wishes to take fewer than the normal number
of courses should register for the regular program and file a petition to drop
one or more courses.
Applications involving late entrance into a course must be received within
the first two weeks of the semester. Applications involving withdrawal
from a course must be received not later than the middle of the semester.
E x a m in a t io n s
Any student who is absent from an examination, announcement of which
was made in advance, shall be given an examination at another hour only
by special arrangement with the instructor in charge of the course.
No examination in absentia shall be permitted. This rule shall be in
terpreted to mean that instructors shall give examinations only at the college
and under direct departmental supervision.
S u m m e r Sc h o o l W
ork
Students desiring to transfer credit from a summer school are required
to obtain the endorsement of the chairman of the department concerned
before entering upon the work, and after completing the work are required
to pass an examination set by the Swarthmore department.
P h y s ic a l E d u c a t io n
Physical education is required of all women and non-veteran men in the
freshman and sophomore years, unless an excuse is granted by the college
63
physician. A minimum of three periods per week shall be required. If any
semester’s work of the first two years is failed, it shall be repeated in the
junior year. No student shall be permitted to enter his senior year with a
deficiency in physical education.
E x c l u s io n
from
College
The college reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose con
duct or academic standing it regards as undesirable, and without assigning
any further reason therefor; in such cases fees will not be refunded or
remitted, in whole or in part, and neither the college nor any of its officers
shall be under any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.
Requirements for Graduation
Ba ch elo r
A rts
of
and
Ba ch elo r
of
Sc i e n c e
The degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science are conferred upon
students who have met the following requirements for graduation:
1. The candidate must have completed eighteen full courses or ten courses
and eight seminars with an average grade of C.
2. He must have complied with the course requirements for the first two
years.
3. He must have met the requirements in the major and supporting fields
during the last two years.
4. He must have passed satisfactorily the comprehensive examinations in
his major field or met the standards set by visiting examiners for a degree
with honors.
5. He must have completed four terms of study at Swarthmore College,
two of which have been those of the senior year.
6. He must have completed the physical education requirements set forth
on page 63 and in the statements of the Physical Education Departments.
7. He must have attended the Collection exercises of the College in accord
ance with the regulations (see page 48).
8. He must have paid all outstanding bills and returned all equipment and
library books.
Advanced Degrees
M a ster
of
A rts
and
M a ster
of
Sc i e n c e
The degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science may be conferred
subject to the following requirements:
64
W harton Hall, a D orm itory for M en
W orth D orm itory fo r W om en
M artin Biological Laboratory
Trotter H all
Only students who have completed the work for the Bachelor’s degree
with some distinction, either at Swarthmore or at another institution of
satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as candidates for the Master’s degree
at Swarthmore.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program setting forth the aim of
the work to be pursued shall be submitted, with a recommendation from
the department or departments concerned, to the Committee on the Master’s
Degree. If accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s name shall be re
ported to the faculty at or before the first faculty meeting of the year in
which the candidate is to begin his work.
The requirements for the Master’s degree shall include the equivalent
of a full year’s work of graduate character. This work may be done in
courses, seminars, reading courses, regular conferences with members of
the faculty, or research. The work may be done in one department or in two
related departments. The catalogue statements of departments which offer
graduate work indicate the courses or seminars which may be taken for
this purpose.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be required to pass an examina
tion conducted by the department or departments in which his work was
done. He shall be examined by outside examiners, provided that, where
this procedure is not practicable, exceptions may be made by the Committee
on the Master’s Degree. The department or departments concerned, on the
basis of the reports of the outside examiners, together with the reports of
the student’s resident instructors, shall make recommendations to the faculty
for the award of the degree.
At the option of the department or departments concerned, a thesis may
be required as part of the work for the degree.
A candidate for the Master’s degree will be expected to show before ad
mission to candidacy a competence in those languages deemed by his depart
ment or departments most essential for his field of research. Detailed
language requirements will be indicated in the announcements of departments
which admit candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are candidates for the Master’s
degree is $1,000 per year, and the general fee for these students is $25 per
semester.
A d v a n c e d E n g in e e r in g D
egrees
The advanced degrees of Mechanical Engineer (M .E.), Electrical Engineer
(E.E.), and Civil Engineer (C.E.), may be obtained by graduates who
have received their Bachelor’s degree in Engineering upon fulfilling the
requirements given below:
1. The candidate must have been engaged in engineering work for five
years since receiving his first degree.
65
2. He must have had charge of engineering work and must be in a
position of responsibility and trust at the time of application.
3. He must make application and submit an outline of the thesis he ex
pects to present, one full year before the advanced degree is to be conferred.
4. The thesis must be submitted for approval one calendar month before
the time of granting the degree.
5. Every candidate shall pay a registration fee of $5 and an additional
fee of $20 when the degree is conferred.
Awards and Prizes
The J o h n W . N a s o n A w a r d , a gift of a friend of the College in honor
of the Eighth President, is presented, normally at Commencement, to one or
more members of the total staff of the College, or to members of their fam
ilies, who have made a distinctive contribution, beyond the scope of their
normal duties, to the life of the College community. The Award is made by
the Instruction and Libraries Committee of the Board of Managers upon the
advice of the President of the College and consists of a formal citation and
a monetary award of $1,000.
The I v y A w a r d F u n d was created by a gift from Owen Moon, ’94. The
income of the fund is placed in the hands of the faculty for award on Com
mencement Day to a male member of the graduating class. The qualifica
tions for the Ivy Award are similar to those for the Rhodes Scholarships
and include (a) qualities of manhood, force of character, and leadership;
(b ) literary and scholastic ability and attainments. These have been phrased
by the donor in the words "leadership based upon character and scholarship.”
The O a k L e a f A w a r d was established by David Dwight Rowlands of
the Class of 1909. It was later permanently endowed in memory of him by
Hazel C. Rowlands, ’07, and Caroline A. Lukens, ’98. The award is made
by the faculty each year to the woman member of the Senior Class who is
outstanding for loyalty, scholarship and service.
The M c C a b e E n g i n e e r i n g A w a r d , founded by Thomas B. McCabe,
1915, is to be presented each year to the outstanding engineering student in
the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a committee of the faculty of
the divisipn of Engineering.
The P h i B e t a K a p p a P r iz e is awarded by the Swarthmore Chapter to
the member of the junior class who had the best academic record for the
first two years. The value of the prize is $40.
The C r a n e P r i z e , a memorial to Charles E. Crane, Jr., of the Class of
1936, is an award of about $25, given for the purchase of philosophical
books, and presented annually to the junior who, in the opinion of the
department, has done the best work in Philosophy, particularly in the
junior year.
66
The A. E d w a r d N e w t o n L ib r a r y P r iz e of $50, endowed by A. Edward
Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established by W. W.
Thayer, is awarded annually to that undergraduate who, in the opinion of
the Committee of Award, shows the best and most intelligently chosen col
lection of books upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid in the award
not merely upon the size of the collection but also upon the skill with which
the books are selected and upon the owner’s knowledge of their subjectmatter.
The K a t h e r i n e B. S ic a r d P r i z e of $5, endowed by the Delta Gamma
Fraternity in memory of Katherine B. Sicard, ’34, is awarded annually
to the freshman woman who, in the opinion of the department, shows great
est proficiency in English.
P u b l ic S p e a k i n g C o n t e s t s . Prizes for contests in public speaking are
provided as follows: The E l l a F r a n c e s B u n t i n g E x t e m p o r a r y S p e a k
i n g F u n d awards prizes for the best extemporaneous short speeches.
The
O w e n M o o n F u n d provides the Delta Upsilon Speaking Contest awards
for the best prepared speeches on topics of current interest. The W i l l i a m
P l u m m e r P o t t e r P u b l ic S p e a k i n g F u n d , established in 1907, sponsors
the Potter Public Speaking Contest. This fund also provides awards for a
Poetry Reading Contest, held normally in the fall semester, and the One-Act
Play Contest, held in the spring semester.
The Lois M o r r e l l P o e t r y A w a r d , given by her parents in memory of
Lois Morrell of the Class of 1946, goes to that student who, in the opinion
of the faculty, submits the best original poem in the annual competition for
the award. The award, consisting of $100, is made in the spring of the
year. All entries should be submitted by April 1.
The J o h n R u s s e l l H a y e s P o e t r y P r iz e s , of approximately $25 for a
first prize and $15 for a second prize, are offered for the best original poem
or for a translation from any language. Manuscripts should be ready by
April 1 of each year.
Fellowships
Three fellowships are awarded annually by the faculty, on recommendation
of the Committee on Fellowships, to seniors or graduates of the college for
the pursuit of advanced work. The proposed program of study must have
the approval of the faculty. Applications for fellowships must be in the
hands of the committee by April 15. Applicants for any one of these fel
lowships will be considered for the others as well.
These three fellowships are:
The H a n n a h A. L e e d o m
of Hannah A. Leedom.
F e l l o w s h ip
67
of $500, founded by the bequest
The J o s h u a L i p p i n c o t t F e l l o w s h i p of $600, founded by Howard W.
Lippincott, of the Class of 1875, in memory of his father.
The J o h n L o c k w o o d M e m o r ia l F e l l o w s h i p of $600, founded by the
bequest of Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory of her brother, John
Lockwood. It was the wish of the donor that the fellowship be awarded
to a member of the Society of Friends.
Four other fellowships are open to graduates of Swarthmore College
under the conditions described below:
The L u c r e t ia M o t t F e l l o w s h i p , founded by the Somerville Literary
Society and sustained by the contribution of its life members, has yielded
an annual income since its foundation of $525. It is awarded each year
by a committee of the faculty (selected by the society), with the concur
rence of the life members of the society, to a young woman graduate of
that year who is to pursue advanced study at some other institution approved
by this committee.
The M a r t h a E. T y s o n F e l l o w s h i p , founded by the Somerville Literary
Society in 1913, is sustained by the contributions of life members of the
society and yields an income of $500 or more. It is awarded biennially by a
joint committee of the faculty and the society (elected by the society) with
the concurrence of the life members of the society to a woman graduate
of Swarthmore College who has entered or plans to enter elementary or
secondary school work. The recipient of the award is to pursue a course
of study fitting her for more efficient work in an institution approved by the
Committee of Award.
S ig m a X i R e s e a r c h F e l l o w s h i p . The Swarthmore Chapter of Sigma
Xi appoints, from time to time, as funds are available, Fellows with re
search grants with a maximum value of $1,000. The holders of this fellow
ship are usually associates of the Chapter who have shown conspicuous ability
in graduate studies. The purpose of the chapter in awarding these fellow
ships is to relieve worthy students from teaching and other distracting
duties so that they may concentrate as much as possible upon their research.
Applications for these fellowships should be made to the secretary of the
chapter not later than the middle of March. Appointments will be an
nounced about the middle of April.
The P h i B e t a K a p p a F e l l o w s h i p of $250, founded by the Swarthmore
Chapter of the national honor fraternity, is awarded each year at the dis
cretion of the Committee on Fellowships on the basis of intellectual distinc
tion to a member of the senior class who proposes to pursue graduate study
and scholarly work.
68
C ourses
N
u m b e r in g o f
of
I nstruction
Courses
and
Se m i n a r s
A system of uniform numbering is used in all departments.
numbered as follows:
1 to
Courses are
9—introductory courses
11 to
49— other courses open to students of all classes
51 to
69—advanced courses limited to Juniors and Seniors
101 to 199—seminars for honors students and graduate students
Full courses the numbers of which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2)
must be continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only.
Astronomy
P ro fesso r: P eter
In str u c to r
and
K a m p , Chairman and Director of
Sproul Observatory
van de
R e s e a r c h A s s o c ia t e : F r a n k H
olden
R e s e a r c h A s s o c ia t e : Sa r a h L . L i p p i n c o t t
R e s e a r c h A s s is t a n t : J a c q u e l i n e L . S c h r o e d t e r
Astronomy deals with the nature of the universe about us and the methods employed
to discover the laws underlying the observed phenomena. The elementary courses
present the problems in broad outlines and trace the growth of our knowledge of the
facts and the development of more comprehensive theories. The advanced courses con
sider some of these problems in detail; the order in which they may be taken depends
upon the extent of the student's mastery of mathematics and physics.
The principal instrument of the Sproul Observatory is the twenty-four-inch visual
refractor of thirty-six-foot focal length, used almost exclusively for photography. The
instrument has been in continuous operation since 1912 and provides a valuable and
steadily expanding collection of photographs. A number of measuring and calculating
machines are available for the measurement and reduction of the photographs. The
principal program of the Observatory is an accurate study of the distances, motions
and masses of the nearer stellar systems.
Advanced study in conjunction with the research program of the Observatory may
be arranged in consultation with the Director of the Sproul Observatory. The Students’
Observatory contains a six-inch visual refractor, a nine-inch photographic telescope, and
a transit instrument. The Sproul Observatory is open to visitors on the second Tues
day night of each month during the college year—October through May. With clear
weather, visitors have the opportunity of seeing many celestial objects of various
types in the course of a year. The visiting hours are from 7: 00 to 8: 30 p. m. in
the fall and winter, but are set later during the spring, beginning one hour after
sunset.
1-2. D escriptive A stronomy . Mr. van de Kamp.
Full course
These courses provide an introduction to the methods and results of astronomy.
Fundamental notions of physics are studied as they are needed to provide an
adequate scientific basis for the course. These courses are prerequisite for all
further work in astronomy. Three class periods each week, practical work to
be arranged.
3. I ntroduction to M athematical A stronomy . Mr. van de Kamp.
Spherical astronomy; celestial navigation. The two body problem; energy con
cepts; Bohr atom. Galactic rotation. Other problems.
4. I ntroduction to P ractical A stronomy . Staff.
Celestial sphere and coordinates. Precession. Stellar motions.
astrometry. Positional observations. Method of least squares.
70
Photographic
IX. D ouble Stars. Mr. van de Kamp.
The two body problem. Theory and observational technique of visual, spec
troscopic and eclipsing binaries. Special attention is given to the photographic
study of both resolved and unresolved astrometric binaries. The masses of binary
components and of unseen companions.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 11-12.
12. Photographic Astrometry. Mr. van de Kamp.
The long-focus refractor. Photographic technique, measurement and reduction
of photographic plates. Choice of reference stars. Attainable accuracy. Appli
cation to the problems of parallax, proper motion, mass-ratio, and perturbations.
Resolved and unresolved astrometric binaries; orbital analyses.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 3-4, and Astronomy 1-2.
14. G alactic and Extragalactic Structure . Mr. van de Kamp.
Fundamental data. Interstellar matter, nebulae, stars. Variable stars. Structure
and rotation of the galactic system. Extragalactic objects. The concept of popu
lations. Age, origin and evolution of the universe.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 3-4, and Astronomy 1-2.
15. Reading Course in A stronomy . Mr. van de Kamp.
Extensive and detailed study of the literature of various fields and topics.
Students who intend to pursue astronomy as a major subject in course should
have Astronomy 1-2 during the freshman or sophomore year; advanced courses in
Astronomy selected from the list given above, combined with work in mathematics
and physics, constitute the further requirement.
H
onors
S e m in a r s
in
A stronom y
Prerequisites for admission to honors seminars in Astronomy, either as a major or as
a minor, are the completion of the following courses: Mathematics 11-12, Astronomy
1-2, a course in general Physics, reading knowledge of French, German, or Russian.
101. D ouble Stars.
102. P hotographic A strometry.
104. G alactic and Extragalactic Structure .
110. T hesis. Mr. van de Kamp, staff.
Participation in a research project of Sproul Observatory.
G raduate W
ork
In conformity with the general regulations for work leading to the Master’s degree
(see page 64), this department offers the possibility for graduate work.
Candidates for the Master’s degree will, normally take four honors seminars, selected
from those listed in astronomy, mathematics or physios, in consultation with the
faculty member under whose direction the work is to be done. A thesis may be
substituted for one of the seminars.
Candidates for the Master’s degree must have a good reading knowledge of two
modern languages.
71
Biology
P r o fessors : R obert K . E nd ers , Chairman
N eal A. W eber
A ssociate P r o fessors : L a u n c e J. F lem ister t
L u z e r n G . L iv in g sto n i
N o r m a n A. M e in k o t h
A ssistant P ro fesso rs : W illia m C . D e n iso n
K e n n e t h S. R a w son
I n st r u c t o r s : L e k h R. B atra
A lb u r t M . R osenberg
L e c t u r e r : Sarah C . F lem ister J
Through its elementary course, the Department of Biology introduces the student
to a comprehensive view of those principles, problems and phenomena common to all
organisms, with animals and plants interpreted on a compairative basis. The advanced
courses in the Biological Sciences (except Genetics) deal specifically with plant biology
(botany), or animal biology (zoology) and are listed under these respective headings.
Following the broad review of the plant and animal kingdoms as given in the course
in general biology, advanced work is taken up in two different ways: first, specific
aspects of the broad subjects are treated in a comparative manner as in anatomy and
physiology; second, broader aspects of a specific subject are treated as in entomology,
parasitology, embryology, genetics and developmental plant anatomy. The structural
and functional consideration is extended to include problems of interdependence of
organisms in the structure and function of plant and animal societies and the influence
of physical, chemical and biological factors in the survival of those societies.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
M a jo r s
in
C ourse
A student may major in biology, botany, or zoology. Students in course should
include the following supporting subjects in their programs, in addition to the four
full courses in their major subject: chemistry, including one semester in organic
chemistry, one course in physics, one course in mathematics and a modem language
(German or Russian preferred) through course 4. These courses are required for
majors in botany or zoology, and should be completed by the end of the junior year.
The program for biology majors may be modified, but any program must be approved
in advance by the department.
Biology
1-2. G eneral Biology. Staff.
Full course
An introduction to the study of living things. A consideration of the properties
of protoplasm and the structure of the cell; a brief survey of living forms, both
plant and animal. The methods by which animals and plants maintain themselves,
grow and reproduce, and a discussion of the mechanism of heredity. Some time
will be devoted to the interrelationships of plants and animals in communities,
and the place of man in the whole structure. Evidence for and against theories of
evolution will be discussed.
Two lectures and one discussion period, one three-hour laboratory per week.
Credit is not given for a single semester of this course.
t Absent on leave, 1959-60.
72
20. G enetics .
Fall semester
A study of the fundamental principles of inheritance as they apply to living
organisms generally. The course includes a detailed consideration of the principles
of Mendelian inheritance, an analysis of the underlying chromosomal mechanisms,
the gene theory, and the relationship of the principles of genetics to evolution, to
plant and animal improvement, and to man.
Three lectures per week, with assigned problems and laboratory and/or library
projects in lieu of formally organized laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
Botany
16. D evelopmental P lant A natomy .
Alternate years, fall semester
The fundamentals of anatomy of seed plants approached from a developmental
standpoint. The structure and behavior of meristems, problems and processes of
differentiation, and a detailed analysis of cellular, tissue and organ structure in
higher plants.
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
18. Survey
of the
P lant Kingdom . Mr. Denison.
Alternate years, fall semester
A comparative study of the structure, reproduction, and life habits of the algae,
fungi, mosses, and lower vascular plants from a phylogenetic viewpoint. Partic
ular attention is given to current concepts of evolutionary relationship from the
standpoints of both comparative morphology and paleobotanical evidence.
Two lectures and two laboratories or field trips per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
65. Field Botany .
Alternate years, spring semester
A study of the classification of the principal groups of plants emphasizing field
identification and economic, biological and cultural significance. The final lec
tures are concerned with the fundamentals of plant ecology.
Three lectures, one field trip, and one laboratory per week plus one or more
weekend field trips.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
67. P lant P hysiology.
Alternate years, spring semester
An integrated study of the physiological processes of higher plants, including
general cellular physiology, water relations, mineral nutrition, enzyme action,
photosynthesis, metabolic processes, translocation, the physiology of growth and
development, and related topics.
Two lectures, one discussion period, and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Organic Chemistry desirable.
Alternate years, fall semester
68. Biology of Bacteria .
An approach to the study of bacteriology with principal emphasis on the con
sideration of bacteria as organisms, rather than as causative agents of disease, etc.
The morphology, physiology and biochemistry, and classification of bacteria.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Organic Chemistry desirable.
73
69. T axonomy of Seed P lants . Mr. Batra.
Alternate years, spring semester
A study of the principal families of seed plants emphasizing those forms occurring
naturally or under cultivation, in the temperate and subtropical portions of
eastern North America. The fundamentals of systematics are discussed but not
stressed.
Three lectures, one field trip, and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
Botany 65 and 69 are intended as alternative courses. Students who have taken
one course may not ordinarily take the other for credit.
H onors W ork
The seminars given each year vary according to the Choices of the students and the
convenience of the department.
111. P lant P hysiology.
An extension of the area covered in course 67, with particular emphasis on a
critical study of original sources, both classical and current. The seminar discus
sion is accompanied by a full day of laboratory work each week.
112. P roblems of P lant G row th and D evelopment . Mr. Denison.
A correlated anatomical and physiological approach to developmental plant anat
omy and morphogenesis. The seminar discussion is accompanied by a full day
of laboratory work each week.
113. G enetics .
An extension of the area covered in course 20, with particular emphasis on cur
rent research in the field of inheritance in all its aspects. The seminar discussion
is accompanied by a full day of laboratory work each week.
114. T axonomy and D istribution of F lowering P lants . Mr. Batra.
An extension of the area covered in course 69. Emphasis is placed on the methods
used in recognizing and evaluating taxa. Ordinarily Biology 20 or 113 should
precede this seminar. Seminar discussions and field work, supplemented by
laboratory work.
115. M icrobiology.
An extension of the area covered in Course 68. Particular emphasis is placed
on physiological and biochemical aspects of the subject. Some work on fungi
and viruses is included.
116. M ycology. Mr.. Denison.
A study of the morphology of the principal groups of the fungi with emphasis
on their relationships with other living organisms and their use as tools in the
study of fundamental biological processes. The seminar discussion is supple
mented by a full day of laboratory work each week.
Zoology
11. Comparative V ertebrate A natomy . Mr. Weber, Mr. Meinkoth.
Fall semester
This course normally follows General Biology. It deals with the comparative
and unique aspects of the anatomy of the integument, skeleton, muscular, di
gestive, respiratory, circulatory, excretory, reproductive and nervous systems of
the various vertebrate types. Classification, phylogeny and adaptive radiation
are considered with stress placed on anatomical adaptations to the various habi
tats. The protodhordates, lamprey, dogfish and cat are studied as representative
forms in the laboratory. The course has three lecture and two laboratory meet
ings per week. This course is among those required by medical schools.
74
12. V ertebrate P hysiology.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
Spring semester
A general consideration of the functional process in animals with emphasis
placed on mammals and other vertebrates. The aspects of adaptation of the
animal to environmental stress are treated in such a way as to serve the
individual student’s area of concentration. In preparation the introductory
course in Biology is desirable. Two lectures, one conference and one laboratory
period per week.
H istology.
Pall semester
This course consists of a detailed study of the microscopic structure of vertebrate
tissues, together with the functions of such tissues. In the laboratory the student
examines both prepared and living material, and becomes familiar with the prin
ciples of microtechniques. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: 1-2, 11.
E mbryology.
Mr. Enders.
Spring semester
A study of development of vertebrate anatomy. The lectures are concerned with
an investigation of the events which precede development, an analysis of the
development processes, and a brief survey of the contributions of the field of ex
perimental embryology. Laboratory periods are devoted to the embryology of the
frog, chick and pig. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Entomology .
Mr. Weber.
Spring semester
The study of insects and their relatives, their morphological and physiological
adaptations and their effect on man. Each student will prepare a study collection
from field trips.
Biology of P arasitism.
Alternate years, spring semester
A consideration of parasitology with reference to evolution and adaptation to the
parasitic habit. Surveys are made of parasites in native animals. Classification,
life cycles and epidemiology are reviewed.
Prerequisite: 11 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.
Field Z oology. Mr. Weber.
Fall semester
Emphasis is on the living animals as they occur in nature, their systematics,
relationships to the environment, habits and distribution. Most of the work
will be done on field trips.
I nvertebrate Z oology. Mr. Meinkoth.
Alternate years, jail semester
A cours,e designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental morphology,
classification, phylogeny and special problems of the invertebrate phyla.
Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. Occasional field trips.
Prerequisite: 11 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.
Comparative P hysiology.
Fall semester
A course of lectures and laboratory experiments treating functional processes
from the standpoint of adaptation of the animal to its environment. These
processes in representative animals are compared in order to follow their elabora
tion from the more general to the more specialized.
Two lectures, one conference and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Comparative Anatomy and Organic Chemistry.
P hysiological Ecology.
Spring semester
A course of lectures, discussions and experiments concerning the physiological
adaptations of representative animals to environmental stress. Requirements and
availability of optimum conditions of temperature, oxygen, food-stuffs and the
maintenance of ionic independence are appraised.
Two lectures, one conference and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: 57 Comparative Physiology.
75
59. Cytology.
Alternate years, jail semester
A study of the structure and function of cells as units of biological organization,
and relationships within tissues and organs. In the laboratory the student
learns some of the techniques by which information about cells is arrived at, and
observes the characteristics of cells as units, and as parts of organized tissues.
Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Biology 11 or 20, Chemistry 1-2.
61. Biology for Seniors . Mr. Bnders.
Spring semester
A course designed to integrate the student’s knowledge in abstract sciences with
living animals, both captive and wild, and to give an opportunity to work on
some phase of Biology of interest to him.
63, 64. Special T opics. Staff.
Full or half course
For advanced students. Open to those who, on account of fitness, have arranged
a program of special work in the department.
70-71. F undamentals of Systematics. Academy of Natural Sciences.
This course presents the study of variation, speeiation, and the evolution of tax
onomic categories. It acquaints the student with the use of the methods and tech
niques of cytology, genetics, statistics, and plant and animal distribution in solving
taxonomic problems. Each student will attack an individual problem in the
taxonomy of some group of plants or animals.
One hour lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Saturdays 8-1.
H o n o r s W o rk
Honors students majoring in Zoology must take four seminars in the department
and a minor of two seminars in another department within the division. Some freedom
is offered in the selection of the two seminars, or four half courses, which normally
would fulfill a second minor.
Students anticipating an honors program in Zoology must complete in the first
two and a half years the following: Biology 1-2 and Zoology 11, Chemistry 1-2,
Mathematics 3-4, and Physics 1-2. In addition, to qualify for minor seminars in the
departments indicated, Chemistry requires Chemistry 28-29, Mathematics and Physics
require Mathematics 11-12, and Psychology requires Psychology 1, and another half
course.
Prerequisites for students in the Honors Program with a minor in Zoology consist
of three half courses in Biology and Zoology (including 1-2). In addition, 104
requires a full course in Physics and a half course in Organic Chemistry.
Senimars: The following seminars prepare students for examinations for a degree
with Honors.
101. Biology o f P arasitism.
An intensified version of Course 54 with emphasis on individual student projects,
and an acquaintance with both the classic problems and the current literature deal
ing with the phenomenon of parasitism.
102. C ytology.
A study of the structure and function of the cell. Living material will be ex
amined and the modem microscopical techniques employed in the laboratory.
103. Embryology. Mr. Enders.
An analysis of reproduction and development. The laboratory work includes
individual projects by the students, a study of developmental anatomy of the chick,
pig and frog, and the observation of living material under normal and experi
mental conditions.
76
104. Comparative P hysiology.
An intensive consideration of the physical and chemical phenomena underlying
the function of animals. A comparative approach is maintained in order to
consider the progression from more general to the most specialized adjustments,
acclimatizations and adaptations of animals to physical, chemical and biological
stresses in the environment. The terminal portion of the laboratory program is
devoted to the pursuit of original, independent work by the student. Prerequisites
for this seminar are courses in Comparative Anatomy and Organic Chemistry.
Offered in the Fall term.
106. Entomology . Mr. Weber.
Following a survey of insects in general, a detailed study of one aspect of the
field will be undertaken. This will involve use of a scientific library and inde
pendent work on one topic.
107. I nvertebrate Z oology.
A study of the morphology, taxonomy, natural history, distribution and adapta
tion of invertebrate phyla with a special emphasis on evolutionary trends, eco
logical relations, and problems peculiar to each group.
110. Special T opics. The Staff.
Open to students who, having satisfied all requirements, desire further work in
the department. Frequently this will include acting as junior asssitants in the
research of staff members.
77
Chemistry
P r o fe sso r : W a lter B. K e ig h t o n , J r ., Chairman
A ssociate P ro fesso rs : E dward A. F e h n e l
D u n c a n G . F oster
G ilb er t P. H a ig h t , J r .
I n st r u c t o r s : W illia m J a m es Sh e ppa r d
P eter T. T h o m p s o n
The aim of the Department of Chemistry is to provide a sound training in the
fundamental principles and basic techniques of the science rather than to deal with
specialized branches of the subject.
Both lecture and seminar approaches are used in presenting the subject matter.
The techniques and practices of the science are dealt with during the laboratory
periods. Usually the course laboratory periods last from three to four hours.
The various courses and seminar offerings are designed to meet the needs of three
classes of students:
1. Students with a primary interest in the humanities or social sciences, who turn
to chemistry as a scientific study of general educational value. Chemistry 1, 2
offers training in the scientific approach to problems, experience with the lab
oratory method of investigation, and a presentation of some of the major intellec
tual achievements of chemistry.
2. Students who seek -training in chemistry as a supplement to their study of astron
omy, botany, engineering, mathematics, medicine, physics, or zoology. These
students should consult with their major department and with the Chemistry
department concerning the chemistry courses most suitable to their needs.
3. Students who consider chemistry their major interest. These students should take
Chemistry 1, 2 and Mathematics 3-4 in their freshman year; Chemistry 28 and
29, Mathematics 11, 12 and Physics 1, 2 in their sophomore year; Chemistry 26,
27 and Chemistry 61, 62 in their junior year. Some students interested in
Chemistry as a scientific study of general educational value, but with no intention
of pursuing Chemistry as a profession, will find these basic courses sufficient for
their needs. Others, including those who expect to practice chemistry as a
profession, are advised to take, in addition to the above courses, Mathematics
51, 52 and Physics 11, 12, and in the senior year, Chemistry 56 and 65. This
latter curriculum—together with the general college requirements outlined on
pages 54 to 57—satisfies the minimum requirements of the American Chemical
Society for professional training in chemistry. Major students are expected to
have a reading knowledge of German before graduation.*
* Students who have completed the foreign language requirement in another language may
satisfy this requirement by talcing German 7-8.
78
tv I ntroduction to Chemistry . Mr. Haight and Staff.
Fall semester
A study of the central concepts and basic principles of chemistry, including atomic
theory, kinetic-molecular theory, atomic structure, the kinds of chemical change
and the laws governing them. The chemistry of the non-metals is introduced.
No previous training in chemistry is required. Students who enter college with
exceptional training in chemistry are encouraged to take a placement examination
during freshman orientation week. If found to be sufficiently well prepared
they may omit all or part of the introductory course.
One semester. Prerequisite for all other courses in Chemistry.
Two lectures, a recitation, and one laboratory period weekly.
2. I ntroduction to Chemistry . Mr. Haight and Staff.
Spring semester
This course is a continuation of Chemistry 1, with particular attention to the
development and application of the principles studied in Chemistry 1. Emphasis
is on the use of the periodic classification of the elements and the chemistry of
the elements. In the laboratory the principles of chemical equilibrium are
applied to qualitative analysis.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
Two lectures, a recitation, and one laboratory period weekly.
11. E lementary P hysical Chemistry . Mr. Keighton.
Spring semester
A one-semester course dealing with elementary kinetics, equilibrium, the ^chemistry
of solutions and the colloidal state. This course is terminal, designed for
students who are not majoring in chemistry or who do not require the more
intensive study of physical chemistry provided by Chemistry 61-62.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2, Mathematics 2.
Three lectures or recitations weekly.
26. Q uantitative Analysis I. Mr. Foster and Mr. Haight.
Fall semester
The theory and practice of volumetric analysis. Acid-base, oxidation-reduction,
precipitation and complex formation methods are studied, and the application
of the laws of chemical equilibrium to analytical methods. Laboratory work
consists in the analysis of unknowns illustrating these principles.
This course may be taken as a terminal course by students for whom only one
semester of analytical chemistry is required (e.g., pre-medical students).
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Two lectures or conferences and two laboratory periods weekly.
27. Q uantitative Analysis II. Mr. Foster and Mr. Haight.
Spring semester
The theory and practice of gravimetric analysis. Separation methods, coprecipi
tation, electrolysis, photometry, some aspects of instrumentation and an intro
duction to gas analytical methods are studied, with illustrative unknowns and
laboratory exercises.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 26.
Two lectures or conferences and two laboratory periods weekly.
28-29. O rganic C hemistry . Mr. Fehnel and Mr. Sheppard.
Full course
This course is a prerequisite for admission to the Honors Seminar in Organic
Chemistry. The first semester is devoted largely to a consideration of aliphatic
compounds and the second to aromatic compounds. In addition, some elementary
aspects of the chemistry of alicyclic and heterocyclic compounds, biologically in
teresting materials, dyes and plastics are included. Synthetic methods in organic
chemistry are emphasized.
Two semesters. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
79
56. A dvanced O rganic Chemistry . Mr. Fehnel and Mr. Sheppard. Fall semester
Selected topics in organic chemistry, including resonance and molecular orbital
' theory, reaction and mechanisms, molecular rearrangements, stereochemistry, free
radicals and other topics of current interest. The laboratory periods are devoted
to qualitative organic analysis and to library and problem work in connection
with the identification and characterization of organic compounds.
One semester: Prerequisite: Chemistry 28-29.
Three lectures and two laboratory periods weekly.
61-62. P hysical Chemistry . Mr. Keighton and Mr. Thompson.
Full course
The principles of theoretical chemistry are studied and a number of numerical
exercises are worked; the gaseous, liquid and solid states, solutions, colloids,
elementary thermodynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics of
chemical reactions. In the laboratory the student uses a variety of physicalchemistry apparatus.
Prerequisites: Quantitative analysis, calculus, and general physics.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
65. A dvanced I norganic Chemistry . Mr. Haight.
Spring semester
The periodic classification of elements is studied from the point of view of
correlation of structure and properties. Consideration is given to such topics
as atomic and molecular structure, coordination complexes, metal carbonyls,
intermetallic and interstitial compounds, modem concepts of acids and bases,
chemistry of the transition metals and rare earths, solvent systems, inorganic re
action mechanisms, and other phases of inorganic chemistry.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 61 either previously or concurrently.
Three lectures or conferences and one laboratory period weekly.
69. Special T opics. Staff.
Fall and spring semester
An elective half-course, which provides an opportunity for qualified advanced
students to undertake original investigations in the field of chemistry. The course
is designed to give the student practical experience in the application of the
scientific method to the solution of a research problem, to develop facility in the
use of advanced laboratory techniques, and to stimulate interest in current devel
opments in chemical research. A thesis is required in lieu of a final examination.
Students who propose to take this course should consult the appropriate instructor.
One semester.
One conference and approximately ten 'hours of laboratory work weekly.
H onors W ork
Before admission to honors work the chemistry major will have completed Chem
istry 1, 2, 28, 29, Mathematics 3, 4, 11, 12, and Physics 1, 2. The honors program
includes Chemistry 101, 105 in the junior year and Chemistry 106 and 108 in the
senior year, with four other seminars usually in biology, mathematics, or physics.
101. P hysical Chemistry . Mr. Keighton and Mr. Thompson.
Each semester
The gaseous, liquid, and solid states, solutions, colloids, elementary thermo
dynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics of chemical reactions.
Prerequisites: Quantitative analysis, calculus, and general physics.
One four-hour seminar and one seven-hour laboratory period weekly for one
semester.
80
105. Q uantitative Analysis . Mr. Foster and Mr. Haight.
Fall semester
Essentially the content of courses 26 and 27, designed to prepare honors candi
dates for an honors examination.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
One seminar and twelve hours of laboratory work weekly.
106. Advanced O rganic Chemistry .
Mr. Fehnel and Mr. Sheppard.
Fall semester
A more intensive study of the same general area covered in Chemistry 56, in
cluding laboratory work in qualitative organic analysis. A reading knowledge of
German is helpful, although not essential.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 29 and senior standing.
One seminar and six hours of laboratory weekly.
108. V alence and M olecular Structure . Mr. Haight and Mr. Thompson.
Spring semester
The hydrogen atom, the periodic table and atomic structure, types of bonding,
properties of bonds, chemistry of the transition metals, coordination compounds,
acid-base and oxidation-reduction mechanisms. Laboratory: study of reaction
kinetics and equilibria in inorganic systems.
Prerequisite: Physical Chemistry 62 or 101.
One seminar and six hours of laboratory weekly.
81
Classics
P r o fe sso r : Su sa n P . C obbs
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s : H
elen
F. N
orth,
Chairman
M a r t in O s t w a l d
The Department of Classics offers courses in Greek and Latin that are designed to
develop a capacity for the fruitful study of works written in those languages. A
knowledge of Greek is particularly valuable for students of modem literature, phi
losophy, or the Christian religion; a knowledge of Latin, for students of the romance
languages, mediaeval history, or law.
Another group of courses (numbered from 31 on) deals with die history of the
Greeks and Romans and with various aspects of their culture that have been of special
significance for the modern world. These courses presuppose no knowledge of the
Greek or Latin languages and are open without prerequisites to all students.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
for
M
a jo r s
Greek or Latin may be offered as the major subject either in course or in honors
work. Major students in course are normally required to complete during the first
two years either Intermediate Greek (course 11-12) or Introduction to Latin Literature
(course 11-12). Both of these courses are prerequisite for honors seminars for a
major student and one of them for honors seminars for a minor student.
Major students in Honors work may substitute for one of the four seminars normally
required in this department the seminar in Ancient Philosophy given by the Depart
ment of Philosophy or the seminar in Linguistic Science or a thesis. Students of Latin
may substitute a seminar in Greek for one of their seminars in Latin (or vice versa).
Greek
1-2. E lementary G reek . Mr. Ostwald.
Full course
The essentials of Greek grammar are covered and selections from masterpieces
of Greek literature are read.
1.1,12. Intermediate G reek . Miss North.
Full course
Selections from Homer, a play of Euripides, and Plato’s Apology are read.
13,14. G reek Prose A uthors . Miss North, Mr. Ostwald.
Full course
The works read are determined by the interests and needs of the members of the
class. These readings are supplemented by a survey of the history of Greek
Literature. Credit is given for each semester. The course will be offered only
when required.
15, 16. G reek P oets. Miss North, Mr. Ostwald.
Full course
The works read are determined by the interests and needs of the members of the
class. Credit is given for each semester. The course will be offered only when
required.
82
Latin
lr-2. E lementary Latin . Miss Cobbs.
Full course
The course is designed for students who begin Latin in college or who are not
prepared to enter Intermediate Latin, and it normally covers the equivalent of two
years’ work in secondary school. The course will be offered only when required.
3,4. I ntermediate Latin . Mr. Ostwald, Miss North.
Full course
The course is primarily concerned with the reading of Virgil’s Aeneid. For
the benefit of students who have had only two years of preparatory Latin, a brief
introductory period is devoted to a review of the fundamentals of Latin grammar.
Credit is given for each semester.
11,12. I ntroduction to Latin Literature . Miss Cobbs.
Full course
The course aims to give some conception of the scope and characteristic qualities
of Latin literature. The reading includes a comedy and the Cena Trimalchionis
from Petronius’ Satyricon in the first semester and the Odes of Horace in the
second. Credit is given for each semester. It is open to students who have had
four years of preparatory Latin or who have completed Intermediate Latin.
13. Catullus and E legy. Mr. Ostwald.
A study of the poems of Catullus and the elegiac poets.
Fall semester
14. R oman Rhetoric and O ratory. Miss N orth.
Spring semester
The course includes the study of Greek and Roman rhetorical theory and the
reading of representative speeches of Cicero. It also considers the influence of
rhetorical education on Roman literature, particularly that of the Empire.
Ancient History and Civilization
31. H istory of G reece . Mr. Ostwald.
Fall semester
The course is devoted to the study of the political and social history of the
Greek states to the time of the Hellenistic kingdoms. This is preceded by a
brief survey of the Oriental civilizations by which the Greeks were influenced.
Special attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries B. C. Considerable reading
is done in the primary sources in translation. The course is normally given in
alternate years.
32. H istory of Rom e . Mr. Ostwald.
Spring semester
The course is devoted to the study of the political and social history of Rome to
the time of Constantine. Special attention is given to the last century of the
Republic and the first century of the Empire. Considerable reading is done in
the primary sources in translation. The course is normally given in alternate
years.
33. G reek Literature in T ranslation . Miss North.
Fall semester
The works read in this course include the Iliad, Hesiod’s Works and Days,
much of Greek tragedy and comedy, selections from the historians, the lyric and
elegiac poets, and the Ionian physicists, and, in its entirety, the Republic of
Plato. These works are considered both from the point of view of literary
criticism and in relation to their influence on the development of western
thought.
83
34. Latin Literature
in
T ranslation — Classical and M ediaeval. Miss North.
Spring semester
The works studied in this course range in time from the age of the Roman Re
public to the twelfth century after Christ and are selected from those masterpieces
written in the Latin language which possess significance for the history and
literature of Western Europe and which retain their value when read in trans
lation. They include, from the classical period, such major authors as Cicero,
Lucretius, Virgil, Livy, and Seneca; from the Latin Fathers, St. Jerome and
St. Augustine; and from the Middle Ages, Boethius, Prudentius, Bede, the chief
figures of the Carolingian Renaissance, and the writers of Mediaeval Latin hymns
and secular poetry. The course is given when there is sufficient demand. Nor
mally given in alternate years.
36. Classical M ythology in Literature and Art . Miss North. Spring semester
The course is designed to give familiarity with those myths and legends that
have served as material for writers and artists from ancient times to the present.
Plays, both ancient and modern, based on the more influential myths are read,
and a study is made of the manner in which the themes have been handled in
painting and sculpture of various periods. Special attention is given to the use
made of stories from mythology by recent writers. The coures is normally given
in alternate years.
H o n o r s Sem in a rs
101. Latin Language. Miss North.
This seminar serves as an introduction to classical philology, stressing die study
of the Latin language in its development from Indo-European to the Vulgar Latin
period. It also includes practice in reading and writing Latin, and an introduction
to epigraphy and palaeography. The seminar will be given in the fall semester
of 1959-60 but will be discontinued thereafter.
102. Latin H istorians. Mr. Ostwald.
This seminar combines a survey of Latin historical writing to the end of the
Silver Age with intensive study of selected books of Livy and Tacitus. The
seminar is given in the spring semester.
103. Latin E pic .
Miss North.
This seminar traces the development of Roman epic poetry, with particular
emphasis on the De Rerum Natura of Lucretius and the Aeneid of Virgil. Some
attention is also given to early Roman epic, as represented by the Annales of
Ennius, and to the period of its decline, typified by Lucan's Pharsalia. The
seminar is given in the fall semester.
104. Latin Comedy and Satire. Mr. Ostwald.
Representative comedies of Plautus and Terence are read, and a study of the
Satires and Epistles of Horace and the Satires of Juvenal is supplemented by a
general survey of the development of Roman satire. The seminar is given in the
spring semester.
105. M ediaeval Latin . Miss North.
The seminar studies the principal types of mediaeval Latin literature (including
religious and secular poetry, history and chronicle, saints' lives, satire, and
philosophy) with some attention to their origins in late antiquity and their
influence on the early Renaissance.
111. G reek P hilosophers . Mr. Ostwald.
This seminar is primarily devoted to the study of Plato, which is supplemented
by study of the pre-Socratic philosophers and of Aristotle and the Hellenistic
schools. The seminar is given in the fall semester.
84
112. G reek H istorians. Miss North.
The .greater part of the work of this seminary is devoted to Herodotus and Thucy
dides, but portions of Xenophon’s Hellenica and of Polybius are also studied.
The seminar is given in the spring semester.
113. G reek Epic . Miss North.
The study of Homer’s Odyssey constitutes the chief work of this seminar. Some
attention is also paid to Hesiod’s Theogony and to the Argonautica of Apollonius
of Rhodes. The seminar is given in the fall semester.
114. G reek D rama . Mr. Ostwald.
The whole body of extant Greek tragedies and comedies is studied, with a care
ful reading in the original language of one play by each of the major dramatists.
The seminar is given in the spring semester.
85
Economics
P ro fesso rs : C lair W ilco x , Chairman
E dward K. C ratsley
F r a n k C. P ier so n
A ssociate P ro fesso rs : J o s e p h W . C ona rd t
W illis D. W e a th erfo r d t
V isitin g A ssociate P r o fesso r : E dward C. F ei
A ssistant P r o fesso r : W illia m H . B r o w n , J r .
L e c t u r e r : H e l e n M. H u n t e r
The courses in economics are designed: first, to acquaint the student with the
institutions and processes through which the business of producing, exchanging, and
distributing goods and services is organized and carried on; second, to train him
in the methods by which these institutions and processes may be analyzed; and third,
to enable him to arrive at informed judgments concerning relevant issues of public
policy.
Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department except courses 3,
4, 21, and 22. Students intending to major in economics are advised to take courses
3 and 4 and Political Science 1-2. Majors in course are required to take courses 50
and 51 in the junior year. Majors in honors.are advised to take seminars 103 and
either 101 or 102.
1-2. I ntroduction to E conomics . Messrs, Brown, Fei, Pierson, Wilcox, and Mrs.
Hunter.
Full course
This course is designed both to afford the general student a comprehensive survey
and to provide students doing further work with a foundation on which to build.
It describes the organization of the economic system and analyzes the allocation
of resources, the distribution of income, the maintenance of economic stability,
and international economic relations.
3. A ccounting . Mr. Cratsley.
Spring semester
The purpose of this course is to equip the student with the rudiments of ac
counting that he will need to employ in his advanced work in business finance,
banking, taxation, and public regulation.
4. Statistics. Mrs. Hunter.
Fall semester
The purpose of this course is to make the student a critical user of statistics.
Topics covered include frequency distributions, sampling, index numbers, and
economic time series.
11. Economic D evelopment . Mr. Wilcox.
Fall semester
Requisites for the economic development of underdeveloped countries. Obstacles
to development. Strategy and tactics of development. Aid for development.
50. Economic T heory . Mr. Brown.
Fall semester
Determination of prices in theory and in practice. Distribution of income.
Determination of the level of income and employment.
t Absent on leave, 1959*60.
86
51. M oney and Banking . Mrs. Hunter.
Spring semester
Organization and operation of commercial banking in the United States. Central
banking; the Federal Reserve system. Monetary policy.
52. P ublic Fina nce . Mr. Brown.
Fall semester
Revenues and expenditures of Federal, state, and local governments. Principles
of taxation. Borrowing and debt management. Fiscal policy.
Not offered in 1959-60.
53. Business A dministration . Mr. Cratsley.
Spring semester
Problems confronting the business executive: organization, management, market
ing, merchandising, risk and insurance. Case studies of business policy.
Not offered in 1959-60.
54. Business Finance . Mr. Brown.
Spring semester
Corporate finance, investment banking, and the securities markets.
55. Labor P roblems. Mr. Pierson.
Fall semester
The structure and functions of labor unions. Employer approaches to labor
relations. Analysis of wage policies. Governmental control of labor relations.
Not offered in 1959-60.
56. Social Economics. Mr. Weatherford.
Spring semester
The extent, consequences, and causes of poverty, inequality, and insecurity. An
appraisal of reforms: social insurance, medical care, public housing, rural de
velopment.
Not offered in 1959-60.
57-58. P ublic Control of Business. Mr. Wilcox.
Full course
Fall semester: maintenance of competition in American industry; moderation of
competition in agriculture, extractive industries, and distributive trades.
Spring semester: regulation of public utilities, transport, and communications.
Public ownership and operation of industry.
59. Business Cycles. Mr. Pierson.
Spring semester
Analysis of business fluctuations and long-term economic change. Public policies
for stabilization and growth.
60. I nternational Economics . Messrs. Conard and Wilcox.
Spring semester
Theory and practice of international trade. Bidance of payments, foreign ex
change, national commercial policies, international investment, and foreign aid.
Not offered in 1959-60.
61. Comparative Economic Systems. Mr. Fei.
Fall semester
A comparative study of the economic systems of the Soviet Union, China, India,
the United Kingdom, and the United States.
The following courses offered by the department cannot be counted toward a major
in economics. They will not be offered in 1959-60.
21. I ntroduction to I ndia . Mr. Weatherford.
Fall semester
A survey of the economic, political, and social structure of modern India. The
background of present problems and the prospect for future development.
22. U rban Social P roblems. Mr. Weatherford.
Spring semester
A study of some of the major social problems of the modern metropolis as seen
in Philadelphia. Readings and discussions are supplemented by first-hand
contacts in the city.
87
H onors W ork
101. Finance . Mr. Brown.
Spring semester
Revenues and expenditures of Federal, state and local governments. The prin
ciples of taxation. Problems of the Federal debt. Corporation finance, invest
ment banking, and the securities markets. Public regulation of financial practices.
102. Economic Stability and G row th . Mr. Pierson.
Fall semester
The theory of cyclical fluctuations and secular growth. Money and banking.
Monetary and fiscal policy. Labor unions, collective bargaining, and wage-price
pressures. The control of inflation.
103. E conomic T heory . Mr. Conard.
Fall semester
Contemporary theory: price determination, the functional distribution of income,
the level of employment. Evaluation of theory in the light of simplifying as
sumptions and empirical evidence. The relevance of theory to socio-economic
problems.
104. P ublic Control of Business. Mr. Wilcox.
Spring semester
The maintenance of competition in American industry. The moderation of
competition in agriculture, the extractive industries, and the distributive trades.
The regulation of public utilities, transport, and communications. Public owner
ship and operation of industry.
105. I nternational Economics . Messrs. Fei and Wilcox.
Theory and practice in international economic relations. The
international trade. The balance of payments and the mechanism
exchange. Restrictionism and discrimination. Regionalism.
controlled economics. International investment and foreign aid.
Each semester
pure theory of
of international
Relations with
106. Comparative Economic Systems. Mr. Fei.
Spring semester
Economic organization, resource allocation, and growth in an advanced planned
economy: the USSR. Economic development in a backward planned economy:
China. Economic development in a backward mixed economy: India. An ad
vanced socialist-welfare economy: the United Kingdom. The changing economy
of the United States.
88
Division of Engineering
Samuel T. C arpenter, Chairman
(The staff members of the Division of Engineering
are listed under their respective departments)
The professional practice of engineering requires skill and resourcefulness in
applying scientific knowledge and methods to the solution of problems of ever
growing technical complexity. The successful engineer will, in addition, possess an
understanding of the socio-economic forces which bear upon his work, an appreciation
of the cultural and humanistic aspects of the society in which he lives, and a sound
working knowledge of human relations. Our program meets these objectives by
providing the student with technical knowledge in a setting of scientific rigor, to
gether with the foundation of a liberal education. The student is educated in the
professional disciplines of the engineer such as critical analysis, and in humanistic
studies and the communication of ideas, as well as training in the natural and
engineering sciences.
Three educational plans are open to engineering students at Swarthmore.
(1) The Course program with a major in Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineer
ing.
(2 ) The Honors program in Engineering Sciences.
(3) A special sequence to meet unusual needs or interests of certain students:
(a) a five-year program leading to both a B.S. and a B.A. degree, or
(b) a four-year program integrating engineering with other areas of study
such as administration or economics, pre-medical, physics, etc.
A candidate for a degree in Engineering must meet the general requirements of the
College as specified for the Division of Engineering (pp. 54-57) and the requirements
of the particular department or program in which he is a major. Thus curricular
plans for the first two years must take two objectives into consideration: (1) the
technical courses must provide a foundation and meet the prerequisite requirements
for advanced work at th’e upper-class level, and (2) the general College requirements
should be essentially fulfilled prior to junior standing. Experience has shown that
the suggested "Basic Engineering Curriculum of the First Two Years” (page 90)
will meet the needs of the usual engineering student in any one of the three plans
and will clear the way for the professional work of the junior and senior years.
Modifications of the basic program, as well as those of the major departments, are
possible in individual cases but such changes must be justified and approved by the
student’s course adviser. At the end of the sophomore year, the student will enter
the Course program in a major field of Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering,
or he may apply for Honors.
(1) The Course Program
This program leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil, Electrical, or
Mechanical Engineering; these curricula are accredited by the Engineers’ Council for
Professional Development. Over the four years, the student will take about onequarter of his work in the Divisions of the Humanities and Social Sciences, onequarter in the Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, and the remainder
in the three Departments of Engineering. All students devote their last two years:
(1) to certain basic courses required of all engineers; (2) to fulfilling the major
89
requirements of one of the departments of Engineering; (3) to developing their
special interests. After completing the basic program of the first two years, the
student follows the curriculum outlined on the following pages under the particular
department in which he is a major.
( 2 ) - The Honors Program in Engineering Sciences
The Division of Engineering offers an Honors program in Engineering Sciences in
addition to the above programs in Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering. A
general statement describing Honors work at Swarthmore may be found on page 58.
The program is open, by application, to qualified students upon completion of the
sophomore year. Successful participants will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science
with Honors, High Honors, or Highest Honors in Engineering Sciences. Details of
the program are given on page 91 following.
(3) Special Programs
There is growing recognition of the value of an engineering training fortified by a
strong background of work in the humanities and social sciences or in the natural
sciences. It is possible, with early planning of a five-year program, for a student to
obtain both an engineering degree and a Bachelor of Arts degree in another field of
interest such as Economics or Mathematics. It is also possible to effect a four-year
engineering plan with a minor in another field such as Chemistry or pre-medical
sciences.
These special curricula are tailored to individual cases; in any event, planning early
in the freshman year is essential. Requests for additional information should be
directed to the Chairman of the Engineering Division.
B a s ic E n g i n e e r i n g C u r r i c u l u m
First Semester
of the
F ir s t T w o Y
ears
Second Semester
Freshman Year
First Year Mathematics
Physics
Chemistry or Elective
Engineering Measurements
Elective
First Year Mathematics
Physics
Chemistry or Elective
Engineering Graphics
Elective
Calculus
Mechanics I
Materials and Shop Processes
Elective or Chemistry
Elective
G
Sophomore Year
Calculus
Mechanics II
Electric and Magnetic Circuits
Elective or Chemistry
Elective
eneral
C o urses *
GEl. E ngineering G raphics . Staff.
Fall semester
Descriptive geometry with emphasis on spatial visualization and the solution of
engineering problems by graphical methods. Engineering drawing with emphasis
on methods for describing the shape of an object by the use of projections and
of freehand sketches.
Two class periods and two three-hour drawing room periods per week.
G E ll. M aterials and Sho p P rocesses. Staff.
Fall semester
Study of the structure and properties of engineering materials. Relation of
crystalline structure to microscopic properties; the reaction of materials to
temperature change, stress and strain; corrosion theories; comparison of theory
with laboratory test results; experimental techniques; introduction to the opera
tion and function of machine tools. Laboratory period each week.
* Except as noted, the following courses are open to all students in the College.
90
Staff.
Spring semester
A study of the basic procedures and mathematical principles required in making,
interpreting and using measurements for engineering purposes, including linear
and angular measurements, leveling, traversing, and triangulation, as well as
the measurement of thermodynamic, fluid and electrical quantities.
Three recitations and one three-hour laboratory each week.
GE12. Engineering M easurements .
GE52. I ndustrial M anagement . Staff.
Spring semester
Study of organization and management of industrial enterprises; historical back
ground and evolution of present-day scientific practices; significance of arrange
ment of physical plant, production control, financial policies, wage payment, and
personnel relations. Open to all juniors and seniors.
Three class periods and one laboratory each week; field trips to local industry.
GE57. Engineering Economy and O perations R esearch. Mr. Carpenter.
Spring semester
The principles of engineering economy and operations research as applied to
defining optimal economic solutions of industrial problems. ' Annual cost
methods, present worth, discounted costs, inventory control, probability prin
ciples with random number solutions, queuing theory, linear programming, sched
uling, transportation and allocation theory.
Open to all juniors and seniors.
Three class periods each week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
H
onors
P rogram
in
E n g i n e e r i n g S c ie n c e s
The program has been established to meet the new and challenging demands placed
upon the engineering profession by the rapid advances in science. The eight seminars
in which the student participates cover a wide range of fundamental knowledge in
the fields of mathematics, modern physics, and engineering sciences. The program is
characterized by its orientation to basic scientific and mathematical principles in lieu
of specialized subject matter. A student in this program may follow his interest in
Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering by the election of optional seminars in
the senior year. The program is unique and suited for those planning a future career
in professional engineering, research, or college teaching.
Two seminars are taken each semester of the junior and senior year, for a total
of eight. Six of the eight seminars are prescribed, while two are elective. The
final evaluation of the students in the program occurs at the end of the senior year
by means of eight examinations, one for each seminar, given by outside examiners.
The normal program of seminars is shown below. Descriptions of the seminars in
Mathematics and Physics will be found in the listings of those departments.
All Engineering Science seminars ihclude from one-half to a full day of laboratory
each week.
Spring Semester
Fall Semester
Junior Year
ES102 Electrodynamics
ESlOl Mechanics of Solids
M 103 Advanced Analysis
ES103 Thermodynamics
ES104 Fluid Mechanics
Elective seminar to be chosen from:
ES105 Linear Systems
ES106 Structural Mechanics
ES107 Mechanical Design
Senior Year
PH104 Modem Physics
Elective seminar to be chosen from:
EE102 Electronics
ES108 Earth Science
ES 109 Thesis
91
E n g i n e e r i n g Sc i e n c e S e m i n a r s
ESlOl. M echanics of Solids.
Mechanics and analysis of deformable bodies treating elastic and plastic stresses
and strains due to general and specific force systems. General equations of equi
librium and compatibility. Failure theories, stability. Experimental analysis
based on strains, photoelasticity, and membrane analogy. Elementary vibrations.
Prerequisite: Mechanics I and II; Mathematics 11, 12.
ES102. E lectrodynamics.
Electromagnetic field theory and linear circuit theory. Static and dynamic field
theory through Maxwell’s Equations, using the applicable vector analysis. Elec
tromagnetic fields in magnetic and dielectric materials and the nature of elec
tromechanical energy transfer. The circuit theory includes transient and steady
state analysis of linear networks. The relation of circuit behavior to pole and
zero locations in the s-plane is einphasized.
ES103. T hermodynamics.
Fundamental concepts, properties of substances, equations of state, first and sec
ond laws of thermodynamics and their applications, entropy, gas and vapor
cycles, Maxwell equations, heat transfer.
ES104. F luid M echanics .
Fluid statics and dynamics, continuity, dimensional analysis, incompressible flow,
generalized equations of motion, Navier-Stokes equation, boundary layer theory,
convective heat transfer, mass transfer, compressibility phenomena.
ES105. Linear Systems.
Analysis and synthesis of electrical and electromechanical linear systems such as
electric networks and servomechanisms. The following are typical of the analyt
ical methods emphasized: differential equations, the Laplace transformation, sys
tem functions h (t) and H (s ), poles and zeroes, superposition integral, complex
loci, analog simulation, matrix operations.
Prerequisite ES102—Electrodynamics.
ES106. Structural M echanics .
Theory, analysis, and design of structural systems. Basic theory of determinate
and indeterminate structures, fundamentals of theoretical applied mechanics, in
cluding beams on elastic foundation, stability, plates and shells, with applicable
vector and tensor approaches, and series solution. Ground motion and struc
tural dynamics. Model analysis.
Prerequisite: ESlOl—Mechanics of Solids.
ES107. M echanical D esign .
Motion, velocity and acceleration in linkwork and gearing. Design of cams,
fastenings, gears, shafting and frames. Design of elements under rotational stress.
Vibration analysis. Fundamentals of lubrication. Design of machine assemblies.
ES108. Earth Science .
Principles of soil mechanics, hydrology, hydraulics, sedimentation, ground water
flow and clay mineralogy, using the basic concepts of physical geology as a uni
fying framework. Theory of consolidation of soils, stresses in earth masses, La
place equation of seepage, precipitation runoff relationships, are introduced for
the analysis of engineering problems.
ES109. T hesis. Elective, upon approval of the Engineering Division of an accept
able field of original investigation.
EE102. E lectronics.
(See Department of Electrical Engineering.)
92
Civil Engineering
Professor: Samuel T. C arpenter, Chairman
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : M . J o s e p h W
il l is
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : C l a r k P . M a n g e l s d o r f
Charles W . N
e w l in
The work of the Civil Engineer involves design, research, management, and con
struction, in the following fields: buildings, bridges, aircraft, soils and foundations,
hydraulics and hydroelectric power, city and regional planning, sanitation and public
health, highways, airports, railways, and other projects of a public or private nature,
with their economic justification. The basic curriculum also provides a foundation
for those interested in aeronautical structures, architectural engineering, naval archi
tecture, engineering mechanics, industrial management and sales.
Emphasis is placed on the broad scientific and humanistic education required for an
understanding of fundamental principles, based on the conviction that those possessing
such a background will contribute most to the future progress of the profession.
Students electing the Honors Program in Engineering Sciences may prepare for
graduate work in Civil Engineering by electing ESI06 Structural Mechanics and
ES108 Earth Science.
St a n d a r d P r o g r a m
for
Vail Semester
C o u r s e St u d e n t s
Spring Semester
Junior Year
CE52 Structural Theory
CE51 Mechanics III
CE54 Soil Mechanics and Foundations
EE51 Instrumentation and Control
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
ME51 Thermodynamics I
ELIO Writing and Speaking*
Math 51 Advanced Calculus
Senior Year
CE58 Special Topics
CE53 Adv. Structural Theory
CE56 Civil Engineering Design II
CE55 Civil Engineering Design I
GE57 Engineering Economy and Opera
CE57 Hydraulic & Sanitary Engineering
tions Research
Physics 51 Atomic and Nuclear Physics
Elective
(or Elective)
C E ll M echanics I. Mr. Carpenter
Vail semester
Concept and definition of force, scalar, and vector quantities, combination and
resolution of forces; principle of moments and couples; graphical and analytical
conditions for equilibrium; stress diagrams, cables; centroids of areas, volumes,
and masses; area and volume theorems. Open to students who have taken Mathe
matics 3-4. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE12 M echanics II. Mr. Willis.
Spring semester
Principles of dynamics, motion of a particle, Newton’s laws, general equation of
motion, rectilinear motion, displacement, velocity, speed, and acceleration; simple
harmonic motion, free and forced vibration; inertia forces, work and energy,
momentum and impulse; curvilinear motion; kinetic energy of rotation; relative
motion, angular momentum; combined translation and rotation.
Prerequisite: C E ll and Mathematics 11. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory
per week.)
Required beginning with the Class of 1962.
93
t
CE51 M echanics III. Mr. Newlin.
Fall semester
This course deals with the internal stresses and changes of form which always
occur when forces act upon solid bodies. The mechanics involved in the design
of simple engineering structures is presented so that the student may realize
the problems which must be solved in order to secure the required strength and
stiffness in such structures. The laboratory work of this course is planned to
clarify the theoretical considerations of beams, columns, combined stress, torsion
and methods of strain measurement.
Prerequisite: C E ll, Mechanics I, and Mathematics 12. (3 recitations and 1
3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE52 Structural T heory . Mr. Mangelsdorf.
Spring semester
Analysis of determinate and indeterminate structures. A study of stresses in
truss and rigid frame systems, influence lines.
Prerequisite: CE51 Mechanics of Materials. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour labora
tory per week.)
CE53 Advanced Structural T heory . Mr. Carpenter.
Fall semester
A study of indeterminate structural systems and advanced structural theory.
Structural models.
Prerequisite: CE52 Structural Theory. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory
per week.)
CE54 Soil M echanics and Foundations . Mr. Newlin.
Spring semester
The properties of soils, including the fundamentals of the structure of clays,
flow through porous media, consolidation, compaction and shear strength. These
fundamentals, combined with engineering geology and the principles of mechanics
are applied to slope stability, settlement analysis, foundation design arid analysis
of loads on retaining walls and bulkheads.
Prerequisite: CE51 or equivalent. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per
week.)
CE55 Civil Engineering D esign-—I. Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Newlin.
Fall semester
An introduction to the design of structures. Fundamental stress analysis, con
siderations of structural members and connections for metallic, concrete, and
timber structures, including buildings, bridges, and aircraft.
Prerequisite: CE52 Structural Theory or equivalent. (2 recitations and 2 3-hour
laboratories per week.)
CE56 Civil Engineering D esign—II. Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Newlin. Spring semester
A continuation of Civil Engineering Design I. Planning, analysis, and design
of engineering structures and foundations. Additional topics in concrete with
ordinary and pre-stressed reinforcement. Ultimate design theory.
Prerequisite: CE55 Civil Engineering Design—I. (2 recitations and 2 3-hour
laboratories each week.)
CE57 H ydraulic and Sanitary Engineering . Mr. Willis.
Fall semester
An introduction to the fundamentals of hydrology, including precipitation—run
off relationships, ground water flow, the routing and hydraulics of surface flow
through channels and reservoirs. Fundamentals are related to Civil Engineering
activities, especially river basin development, water supply, and drainage. An
introduction to the principles of water and sewage treatment is included.
Prerequisite: ME54, Fluid Mechanics. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory
per week.)
94
CE58 Special T opics. Staff.
Required course with subject matter dependent on a group need or interest. Past
groups have studied advanced soil mechanics, theory of elasticity, transportation,
advanced hydraulics, or structural mechanics.
The laboratory period is devoted to the principles and practice of civil engineer
ing measurements through a study of photogrammetry, map projections, curves
and earth work, celestial observations, field layout, and related topics of im
portance to the professional civil engineer. (Effective class of 1962.)
CE69 Civil Engineering T hesis . Staff. '
The time allotted to a civil engineering thesis is generally one semester. The
subject matter of the thesis must be approved by the department chairman six
weeks before the beginning of the semester. Excellent facilities exist, for inde
pendent investigations in structures, soils, and materials.
95
B p-
Electrical Engineering
P ro fesso rs:
H
ow ard
M . J e n k i n s , C h airm an
Jo h n D . M
cCr u m m
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : C a r l B a r u s
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r :
D
a v id
L. B o w l e r
Electrical Engineering deals with the development and application of precise no
tions of electricity and allied physical sciences in the broad fields of conversion, trans
mission, control, and utilization of electrical energy for the purposes of transmitting
power and communicating intelligence. The program in Electrical Engineering gives
full recognition to the natural sciences basic to the profession. It also includes con
siderable work in the Humanities and Social Sciences, since the needs of the pro
fession are best served by engineers who are vitally aware of the society in which they
live.
The educational objective is served by placing emphasis on analytic processes and
experimental evidence and by the exploitation of mathematical methods to facilitate
the application of physical principles to engineering problems. Since many such
problems can best be solved by making certain simplifications, the students are encour
aged to examine problems critically and to make such simplifying assumptions as
are appropriate without destroying the significance of the results. The importance
of the presentation of work is also stressed, a student being required to gain some
proficiency in communicating the results of his work clearly, completely and in a
well-organized form. The courses in Electrical Engineering are each a series of
inquiries dealing with the fundamental concepts of electrical phenomena and are de
signed to inculcate in the student confidence in analytical methods and competence
to apply basic principles to new engineering situations.
Students applying for a major in Electrical Engineering will normally have followed
the basic engineering program outlined on page 90 during their first two years. Satis
factory completion of this program will fulfill the curricular prerequisites of the
Department. In special cases, the Department will consider applications from stu
dents who have pursued a different program but who will have completed at least
the following courses or their equivalents: Math 3, 4 and 11, 12; Physics 1, 2;
Chemistry 1, 2; G Ell, 12 or Physics 11, 12; and EE12. It is expected that majors
will maintain a "C” average or better in each of the required electrical courses.
St a n d a r d P r o g r a m
for
C o u r s e St u d e n t s
Second semester
Junior Year
EE54 Circuit Theory II
EE53 Circuit Theory I
EE56 Field Theory
EE55 Engineering Analysis
EE60 Electronics
EE59 Electronics
ELIO Writing and Speaking *
ME51 Thermodynamics
Senior Year
EE57 Electrical Machinery I
EE58 Electrical Machinery II
Electrical Engineering Elective
EE61 Waves and Transmission Lines
Technical Elective
Ph51 Atomic and Nuclear Physics
Elective
Non-technical Elective
First semester
* Required beginning with the Class of 1962.
96
Friends M eeting House
Arthur H oyt Scott Auditorium
EE 12 Electric and M agnetic Circuits.
Spring semester
The experimental and theoretical basis of electricity and magnetism; elementary
electrostatics and magnetostatics; voltage, current, power, energy. Bilateral and
linear networks. Induced electromotive forces; capacitance and inductance;
problems in ferro-magnetism. Transients in simple circuits.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Physics 1 and 2, and to be preceded or accompanied by Integral
Calculus.
EE51 I nstrumentation and Control .
Vail semester
A study of the fundamentals of electronics and electronic circuits, control and
regulation devices, particularly those involved in measuring systems and in
servomechanisms; designed primarily for engineering majors.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE12 Electric and Magnetic Circuits.
EE52 E lectrical A pparatus.
Spring semester
Theory of direct-current generators and motors; fundamentals of control for
direct current machines. Topics include flux, generated voltage, armature re
action, commutation, torque, speed, voltage and speed regulation, losses, efficiency,
and effects of control on motor characteristics. Relations of simple harmonic
electromotive forces and currents, power, power factor; single phase circuits;
polyphase circuits, balanced and unbalanced. The construction, characteristics,
and operation of alternators, induction motors, transformers, synchronous motors.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE51 Instrumentation and Control.
Vail semester
Transient and steady-state analysis of electric circuits. Treatment is based on
the differential equations of the circuit and the circuit impedance as a function
of the complex frequency variable.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE12 Electric and Magnetic Circuits, or Physics 1 and 2.
EE53 Circuit T heory I
EE54 Circuit T heory II.
Spring semester
Further study of electric networks, using the Laplace transformation and other
mathematical methods. Synthesis of impedances containing two element-types
is included.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE53 Circuit Theory I, and EE55 Engineering Analysis, or
equivalents.
Vail semester
Formulation and application of the method of engineering analysis based upon
fundamental physical laws, mathematics, and practical engineering considerations.
Emphasis is placed on the professional approach to the analysis of bona fide
engineering problems. A study is made of the common physical and mathe
matical aspects shared by different systems such as mechanical, thermal, and
electrical. The theory and application of ordinary differential equations is
systematically covered. The Laplace transformation is developed and applied.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE12 Electric and Magnetic Circuits, and Integral Calculus.
EE55 Engineering A nalysis.
97
EE56 Field T heory .
Spring semester
An analytical study of electromagnetism. Maxwell’s equations are developed and
. applied, with greatest attention given to the static and quasi-static cases. Con
siderable emphasis is given to the following topics: solutions of Laplace’s
equation, fields in dielectric and magnetic materials, energy and forces, and the
relationship of field theory to circuit theory.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE53 Circuit Theory I, and EE55 Engineering Analysis, or
equivalent.
EE57 Electrical M achinery I.
Fall semester
Physical aspects of electromechanical energy conversions; conversions and prin
ciples of such conversions; basic concepts of machine performance and the analysis
of rotating electrical machinery and transformers; D-C machines, analysis of
performance and applications.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each weekPrerequisite: EE53 Circuit Theory I.
EE58 E lectrical M achinery II.
Spring semester
Synchronous machines, performance, effects of saturation and saliency; polyphase
induction machines; fractional horsepower motors; rotating control devices;
self-synchronous machines; electrical transients and the dynamics of coupled
systems.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE57 Electrical Machinery I.
EE59-60 E lectronics.
Full course
Electronic circuit analysis and signal theory. Transistors, vacuum tubes, and
other devices are treated by the use of linear and piecewise-linear models and
by graphical analysis. Transient and steady-state circuit theory, normally studied
concurrently, is extensively applied. Typical topics in signal theory include
noise, modulation, sampling, signal flow analysis and information theory.
Credit for the first semester alone will be given by special arrangement.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE53 Circuit Theory I, preceding or concurrent.
EE61 W aves and T ransmission Lines .
Fall semester
Application of Maxwell's equations to electromagnetic wave problems. Trans
mission lines are treated from both field and circuit viewpoints. Other topics
include wave propagation and reflection, waves in lossy media, wave guides,
cavity resonators, antennas and radiation.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE56 Field Theory.
EE62 P hysical E lectronics.
Spring semester
A study of the physical principles underlying the operation of electronic devices.
The material studied includes: particle dynamics, conduction in metals and
semiconductors, thermionic emission, space charge theory, semiconductor junc
tions and transistors, dielectric and magnetic materials, photoelectric phenomena,
gaseous conduction.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Physics 51 Atomic and Nuclear Physics.
98
EE64 Servomechanisms.
Spring semester
An introduction to automatic control systems using Laplace transform techniques.
System design is studied by means of the Nyquist diagram and frequency re
sponse methods. Other topics include compensation networks, multiple input
systems, Nichols charts, the root-locus method. Applications are made to space
vehicle guidance, process control and, in general, to systems requiring control
of position, torque, temperature, etc.
Open to senior Electrical or Mechanical Engineering majors, or others with
equivalent background.
EE71 E lectrical E ngineering T hesis.
An engineering thesis may be substituted for a course by special arrangement
with the staff.
H onors
The two following seminars are offered by the Department to prepare in part for
examinations for a degree with Honors. Students who plan to take honors seminars
in Electrical Engineering should note that Circuit Theory I and II is a desirable
preparation for these seminars (although not a prerequisite if a seminar in Electricity
and Magnetism has been taken).
EE102. E lectronics .
A study of electronic devices and circuits. Subject matter includes physical theory
of electron tubes, semiconductor devices, and other electronic circuit elements;
design of electronic circuits applicable to communications, instrumentation, in
formation processing systems, etc.; transient and steady-state analysis of elec
tronic circuits and systems; introductory topics in the theory of communication
and information; microwave tubes. The seminar is accompanied by a full-day
laboratory.
EE103. Servomechanisms .
A systematic investigation of the characteristics of closed cycle control systems
and their components. The mechanisms may be any combination of electrical,
thermal, mechanical or hydraulic systems. Synthesis rather than analysis is
stressed, thus requiring use of the more powerful methods of the Laplace
transform, and a study of transfer function loci and equations in the complex
domain. Modern techniques are employed; extensive reading in the literature
is expected of each student. There is one full-day laboratory per week, in ad
dition to the seminar.
99
Mechanical Engineering
P ro fesso r: W
i l l ia m
J . C o p e , Chairman t
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : B e r n a r d M
o r r il l ,
Acting Chairman
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r : P h i l i p C . P r a g e r
I n s t r u c t o r : T o s h iy u k i F u k u s h i m a
The curriculum in Mechanical Engineering is planned to develop the student through
scientific training for positions in manufacturing industries, with organizations engaged
in power production, and in the field of transportation. Based upon the fundamental
sciences of physics, chemistry, and mathematics, the program aims to provide a
background for the solution of the variety of problems related to the design, con
struction and operation of engineering equipment used in industrial establishments.
The arrangement of courses is intended also to prepare mechanical engineers for such
activities as those which deal with fabrication of products and the eventual assump
tion of managerial responsibilities, as well as research and development work leading
to new products.
Coincident with the need for a broad and fundamental technical training, all of the
engineering profession should be conscious of the impact upon society resulting from
their efforts. To stimulate this awareness, students are encouraged to choose electives
in the Humanities and Social Sciences throughout their undergraduate careers.
Students electing the Honors Program in Engineering Sciences may prepare for
graduate work in Mechanical Engineering by including two of the following three
seminars: ES107 Mechanical Design, EE102 Electronics, or ES109 Thesis.
St a n d a r d P r o g r a m
for
Co u r se St u d e n t s
Vail Semester
Spring Semester
Junior Year
CE51 Mechanics III
EE51 Instrumentation and Control
ME51 Thermodynamics I
EE55 Engineering Analysis
EE52 Electrical Apparatus
ME52 Thermodynamics II
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
ELIO Writing and Speaking *
Senior Year
ME53 Thermodynamics III
ME55 Adv. Fluid Mechanics
ME63 Kinematics and Design
Elective
ME62 Adv. Strength of Materials
ME64 Engineering Design
GE52 Industrial Management
Elective
ME51 T hermodynamics I. Mr. Prager.
Energy and first law of thermodynamics; application of general energy equation
to steady-flow and non-flow processes; properties of liquids; vapors, gases, mix
tures; reversible cycles; second law of thermodynamics; entropy.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Integral Calculus.
t Absent on leave, 1939*60.
* Required beginning with the Class of 1962.
100
ME52 T hermodynamics II. Mi. Prager.
Extension of ME51; application of thermodynamic principles to problems in air
conditioning, combustion, steam generation and refrigeration. Analysis of
modern steam power plant cycles, expansion of steam in nozzles and turbines,
energy balance calculations. Introduction to the principles of heat transfer.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: ME51.
ME53 T hermodynamics III. Mr. Prager.
Analysis of gas cycles with special emphasis on Otto, Diesel and Brayton cycles;
behavior of real gases and mixtures; general thermodynamic equations; com
bustion of liquid and gaseous fuels; gas compression. Study of application of
fundamental principles as demonstrated in design, test and operation of sparkignition and compression-ignition engines, gas turbines and compressors, and
jet engines.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: ME51 Thermodynamics, and ME54 Fluid Mechanics.
ME54 F luid M echanics . Mr. Fukushima.
An introductory course in fluid statics; kinematics; equation of continuity; steady
flow energy and momentum; dynamics of an ideal fluid; dimensional analysis and
similitude; incompressible flow in closed conduits and compressibility phenomena.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Integral Calculus, ME51 Thermodynamics.
ME55 A dvanced F luid M echanics . Mr. Fukushima.
Extension of ME54. Theory of fluid mechanics in turbomachinery, jets, lubri
cation; fluid dynamics leading to Navier-Stokes equation, Euler’s equation, po
tential flow theory; boundary layer theory and drag on immersed bodies; one
dimensional compressible flow.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: ME54 Fluid Mechanics, EE55 Engineering Analysis.
ME62 Advanced Strength of M aterials. Mr. Fukushima.
Review of stress and strain leading to equilibrium equations and generalized
Hooke’s Law; thick cylinders; torsion; beams on elastic foundations; energy
methods; theories of failure under stress; influence of stress concentration and
working stresses.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: CE51 Mechanics III, EE55 Engineering Analysis.
ME63 K inematics and D esign. Mr. Morrill.
A study of the complex motions and velocities of machine linkwork and gear
ing; design of cams, screws, fastenings, belts, straight and curved frames, gears
and shafting.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE55 Engineering Analysis, CE51 Mechanics III.
ME64 E ngineering D esign . Mr. Morrill.
Extension of ME63; lubrication and bearing design; design of machine assem
blies. Vibration analysis; including dynamics of a particle, single and several
degrees of freedom, beams and shafts, Lagrange equations, vibrations in elastic
media.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: ME63 Kinematics and Design.
ME71 M echanical Engineering T hesis. Staff.
With departmental approval, an undergraduate may undertake a thesis project
as a portion of the program in the senior year.
101
English Literature
Professors: G eorge J. Becker, C h airm an
Elizabeth Cox W right
Associate Professor: Fredric K lees
Assistant P rofessors: D avid Cowden
D aniel G. H offman
Samuel L. H ynes t
Instructors: J ohn S. Coolidge
A lex Z werdling
Lecturer : Barbara P earson Lange
This department might more properly be called the Department of Literature in
English, since it offers a study both of literature originally written in the English
language and of works translated from other tongues. Literature is considered as a
fine art, as a cultural record, and as a guide to the student’s interpretation of his
own experience in life. The program of courses and seminars comprises four
approaches to the subject: the intensive study of the work of major writers, examina
tion of the literature produced in certain limited periods, the historical development
of the major literary types, and the grouping of various types or forms on the basis
of their subject matter or point of view. The general purposes of this study are
the broadening of the student’s understanding and enjoyment of literature, the de
velopment of a basis for intelligent criticism, and the provision of a foundation for
further study in the field. Stress is also laid upon accurate reading and writing
through critical explication of texts and criticisnuof student papers.
R equirements
for
M ajors
in
Course
The work of the major in course consists of at least eight semester courses in the
department. It is recommended that majors take The Development of English Litera
ture (3-4) in the freshman year, one of the type courses (21-26) during the sopho
more year, Chaucer or Milton in the junior year, and Shakespeare and Problems of
Literary Study in the final year. The comprehensive examination at the end of the
senior year is based on this body of work, but also includes questions on other courses
offered by the department for those prepared in those fields.
Courses
Staff.
Each semester
An introduction to the critical study of the principal types of literature. Ma
terials are drawn chiefly from literature in English since the first World War.
This course is not open to students who elect 3-4. Either 1 or 3-4 is prerequisite
to all other literature courses offered by the department.
1. M odern Literature .
3-4. T h e D evelopment of English Literature . Staff.
Full course
An introduction to literary study by means of the traditional materials of Eng
lish literature from the Renaissance to the twentieth century.
Recommended for English majors; not open to students taking course I.
t Absent on leave, 1959-60.
102
5, 6. English for Foreign Students . Mrs. Lange.
Individual and group work on an advanced level for students from non-English
backgrounds.
10. W riting and Speaking . Staff.
Each semester
Analysis, organization, and effective presentation of complex subject matter in
both speech and writing.. Open only to students for whom the course is a re
quirement or for whom it is recommended by their advisers.
12. T he Seventeenth Century . Mr. Hoffman.
Spring semester
Study of the major literary currents and figures of the period.
14. T h e Eighteenth Century . Mr. Coolidge.
Spring semester
The developing sensibility and literary forms of the period.
16. T he Romantic P eriod. Mrs. Wright.
Spring semester
Studies in poetry, the novel, and the essay from about 1790 to 1820, with at
tention to the new materials and forms of romanticism.
18. Victorian Literature . Mr. Cowden.
Spring semester
The important ideas and literary currents of the period.
NOTE: These four period courses are open in the spring of the freshman year
to students who have taken Modem Literature. The combination of one of these
courses and Modern Literature will be considered as equivalent to 3-4 for stu
dents who wish to proceed to a major in the department.
21, 22. English P oetry. Mrs. Wright.
A study of the development of English poetry from its beginnings, with con
sideration of the principles of poetic criticism and a detailed examination of the
work of two or three poets. Primarily for sophomores.
23, 24. T he English N ovel. Mr. Cowden.
The first semester emphasizes the chronicle form of novel prevalent from Field
ing to Trollope; the second semester emphasizes developments in technique and
content since Meredith. Credit is given for either semester, but students desiring
both should take them in regular sequence. Primarily for sophomores.
25. Comedy. Mr. Klees.
Fall semester
Dramatic comedy in its various forms, with particular attention to the Elizabethan,
Restoration, and modern periods. Primarily for sophomores.
26. T ragedy. Mr. Klees.
Spring semester
Dramatic tragedy from the Agamemnon trilogy to Death of a Salesman, with
emphasis on Elizabethan and modern American tragedy. Primarily for sopho
mores.
42. Shakespeare . Staff.
Each semester
A study of the major plays. Not open to freshmen or to English majors.
51,52. Literature in A merica.
Mr. Hoffman.
A study of the major American writers from Puritan times to the early 20th
century. Open to juniors and seniors.
53. R enaissance Comparative Literature . Mr. Coolidge.
Fall semester
Emphasis on the assimilation of the classical tradition by English and other Euro
pean literatures during the Renaissance. Open to juniors and seniors.
54. M odern Comparative Literature . Mr. Becker.
Spring semester
The rise and decline of the realistic movement as seen through the study of
European and American works since Flaubert. Open to juniors and seniors.
103
55. Chaucer . Mr. Klees.
Fall semester
Reading of Troilus and Criseyde, The Canterbury Tales, and some of the minor
poems in the original Middle English, with greater attention to the literary
than to the linguistic aspects. Open to juniors and seniors.
Spring semester
56. M ilton . Mr. Coolidge.
Study of the main body of Milton’s works with particular emphasis on Paradise
Lost. Open to juniors and seniors.
58. Special T opics.
Staff.
From time to time intensive courses will be offered in fields not covered by the
regular program. Open only to juniors and seniors.
61-62. Shakespeare . Staff.
Pall semester
A study of the complete works of Shakespeare, tracing the development of his
craftsmanship and ideas. Required of majors in the department, who meet weekly
in small groups during the first semester of the senior year. Students should read
through the plays before taking the course.
63-64. P roblems of Literary Study . Staff.
Spring semester
Group meetings of departmental majors held in the second semester of the
senior year for the purpose of reviewing, integrating, and supplementing their
major program. Under exceptional circumstances a student applying to the de
partment by November 15 of his senior year may be allowed to substitute a
thesis to be written under the direction of a member of the department.
H onors W ork
Prerequisites: The course requirements for a major in Honors are the same as for
a major in course, either The Development of English literature (3-4) or Modern
Literature (1) and one of the period courses (12, 14, 16, 18).
The election of one or two additional courses in the sophomore year is highly
recommended.
For acceptance as a minor in the department, two semester courses are required.
Program: Majors in Honors must take four seminars in the department, including
Shakespeare. Minors in Honors may enroll in any two or three seminars which seem
best suited to the purposes of their whole program. No student may take more than
two seminars in Group II.
Seminars: The following seminars prepare for examinations for a degree with
Honors:
Group I
101. Shakespeare . Staff.
Each semester
A study of Shakespeare as dramatist and poet. The emphasis is on the major
plays, with a more rapid reading of the remainder of the canon. Students are
advised to read through all the plays before entering the seminar.
103. Chaucer . Mr. Klees.
Fall semester
A reading of Chaucer’s poems in the original Middle English, with particular
attention to Troilus and Criseyde and The Canterbury Tales.
104. M ilton . Mr. Coolidge.
An examination of the poetic achievement of John Milton.
Spring semester
106. D rama . Mr. Klees.
Spring semester
A study of comedy and tragedy in the Greek, Elizabethan, and modem periods
with a consideration of the various forms these types take from one age to
another.
104
108. Renaissance P oetry. M is . Wright.
Spring semester
The basic elements of poetic expression, thought, imagery, and sound, are
studied in poems from the Spenserian and Metaphysical strains.
109. T he English A ugustans. Mr. Coolidge.
Pall semester
The interests, sensibility, and literary practice of such figures as Dryden, Swift,
Pope, Fielding, Johnson.
Group II
111. Romanticism . Mr. Zwerdling.
pall semester
A study of the romantic movement in England. The concentration will be on
the five major poets, but some attention will also be given to critical theory
and the varieties of prose expression.
Mrs. Wright and Mr. Cowden.
Each semester
An examination of changing forms in the modern English novel, with emphasis
on selected works outside the Victorian tradition.
113. T he English N ovel.
115. M odern Comparative Literature . Mr. Becker.
Pall semseter
Using the realistic movement as a starting point, this seminar considers some
of the major themes and philosophic attitudes embodied in recent literature.
The chief figures studied are Flaubert and Zola, Tolstoy and Dostoevsky, Kafka
and Mann, Joyce and Faulkner.
116. P roblems in A merican Literature . Mr. Hoffman.
Spring semester
A study of the themes, forms and aesthetic premises of selected writings, and
their relations to the cultural situations in which they were created.
118. M odern P oetry. Mr. Hynes and Mr. Hoffman.
Spring semester
A study of the modem tradition in English and American poetry from Yeats
to the present. The seminar will concentrate on the work of a few major poets.
119. Special T opics in Literature . Staff.
Occasional seminars will be given in special fields not part of the regular program.
120. T hesis .
A major in Honors may elect to write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar.
He must select his topic and submit his plan of work for departmental approval
by the end of the junior year. Then during one semester of the senior year
he writes his thesis under the direction of a member of the department, with
whom he has periodic consultations.
105
Fine Arts
P rofessors: Robert M. W alker,
H edley H. Rhys
C h a irm a n
I nstructor : Lee J ohnson
The aim of the Department is to study the historical-cultural significance and
aesthetic value of architecture, sculpture, painting and graphic art (prints and
drawings). Methods and problems of criticism are considered: observation, analysis,
interpretation and evaluation. Instruction is given by means of original works of
art as well as by the usual visual aids. Field trips are made to public and private
collections in New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington and to significant
examples of architecture in those areas.
Since it is the objective of the Department to foster an intelligent comprehension
of the visual arts rather than to develop technical skills, no courses in drawing,
painting and sculpture are offered for credit. However, instruction in such work is
available under the extracurricular Arts and Crafts Program.
R equirements
and
Recommendations
Prerequisites: Majors in course and majors and minors in honors must take the two
half courses, Fine Arts 1 and 2. This requirement must be fulfilled before the Junior
year. For other students the prerequisite for all other courses is one semester
of the Introduction to Art History, either Fine Arts 1 or 2. Fine Arts 11, Design in
Drawing and Painting, while not a prerequisite, is recommended as a foundation for
other Fine Arts courses and seminars.
Sequence of Courses: Whenever possible, majors will take courses in their numerical
order. For other students courses need not be taken in numerical sequence.
Majors in Course: The program of a major consists of at least eight half courses
(including Fine Arts 1-2) in the Department. The courses supporting this program
depend on the needs of the individual student and may be found in both the Division
of the Humanities and the Division of the Social Sciences.
Majors and Minors in Honors: Majors in honors take four seminars in the Depart
ment. In special cases the seminar in Aesthetics may be substituted for one in Fine
Arts. A minor in honors usually consists of two seminars. The seminars offered in
any one semester vary according to the requirements of the students and the con
venience of the Department.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate
work in Fine Arts requires a knowledge of French or German.
Courses
1. I ntroduction to Art H istory. Mr. Walker and Mr. Johnson.
Fall semester
Consideration is given in the first four weeks to the basic problems of the nature
of the work of art, the factors of influence upon its conception, formation, and
development (geographic, social, economic, etc.) the principles of value judg
ments, and methods of analysis. A limited number of representative examples
of architecture, sculpture, and painting are studied within the historical context
106
of the civilizations and cultural epochs which produced them: Ancient Egypt,
Greece and Rome, and Medieval France.
Three hours of lecture a week and one bi-weekly conference hour.
2. I ntroduction to Art H istory. Mr. Rhys and Mr. Johnson.
Spring semester
European and American architecture, sculpture, and painting from the fifteenth
century to the present day are studied from the same points of view and with
the same methods as in the first semester.
Three hours of lecture a week and one bi-weekly conference.
11. D esign in D rawing and P ainting . Mr. Rhys.
Pall semester
The basic elements of design and their function in drawing and painting. Types
of harmony, sequence and balance such as linear, tonal and special. The methods
of design and representation that characterize the various historical styles. Prac
tical exercises required demand no special technical aptitude, since the purpose of
the course is to develop a critical understanding of drawing and painting and
not technical skill.
51. A ncient Art . Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
The development of the forms of architecture, sculpture and painting as express
ing various cultural patterns of the ancient civilizations of Greece and Rome.
Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
A study of the relationship between art and society in Europe and the Near
East from the fourth through the fourteenth centuries. The ideas and institu
tions which were instrumental in shaping Christian art during its formative stages
of development. Special emphasis is placed on the Romanesque and Gothic
periods in France; the abbey and the cathedral.
52. M edieval Art .
53. I talian Renaissance Art . Mr. Johnson:
Spring semester
A study of certain aspects of the art of the Renaissance in Italy as expressed in
architecture, sculpture and painting. Emphasis is placed on such great masters as
Donatello, Masaccio, Alberti, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Michelangelo and
Titian.
54. N orthern R enaissance and Baroque P ainting . Staff.
Spring semester
Developments in painting and drawing during the fifteenth, sixteenth and seven
teenth centuries in France, the Netherlands, Germany and Spain through the study
of individual artists such as the Van Eycks, Roger van der Weyden, Jean Fouquet,
Dürer, Gruenewald, Holbein, El Greco, Rubens, Rembrandt, Vermeer, Poussin
and Velasquez.
55. M odern P ainting . Mr. Johnson..
Fall semester
Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French Revolu
tion through Matisse and Picasso: the meanings of the various movements and
their relationship to changing social and political attitudes.
56. A merican Art . Mr. Rhys.
Fall semester
Architecture, sculpture and painting in North America from the Colonial Period
to the present day, their connection with European art and their significance as a
reflection of American culture.
57. M odern Building . Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
An introduction to the nature of architecture and the function of the architect
through a study of developments in European and American building during the
late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The specific influence of economic, tech
nological and social changes upon design and structure. Emphasis placed on the
study of original examples in the Philadelphia area and on the work of such
men as Sullivan, Wright, Mies van der Rohe, Gropius and Le Corbusier.
The prerequisite of Fine Arts 1 or 2 is waived for students in Engineering.
60. Senior Conference . Mr. Walker.
107
Spring semester
H onors Seminars
10Q. M edieval Art . Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
The development of the forms of Christian art during the Middle Ages, with
special emphasis on the Romanesque and Gothic periods in France.
101. I talian Renaissance P ainting . Mr. Rhys.
Fall semester
A study and analysis of painting in Italy from Giotto to Titian: the decisive
contributions of the outstanding masters to its stylistic development and its rela
tionship to the Renaissance movement as a whole.
102. N orthern R enaissance Painting . Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
Developments in painting and the graphic arts of drawing and print making dur
ing the fifteenth century in England, France, the Netherlands, Germany, and
Spain through an intensive study of individual masters such as the Van Eycks,
Roger van der Weyden, Jerome Bosch, Pieter Brughel, Jean Fouquet, Martin
Schongauer, Albrecht Diirer, Hans Holbein, and El Greco.
103. T h e Baroque . Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
Developments in painting and the graphic arts of drawing and print making
during the seventeenth century in Western Europe. Although the role of Italy
in the formation of the Baroque as an international style is studied, special
orientation is found in the individual work of such great masters as Rubens,
Rembrandt, Vermeer, Velasquez, and Poussin.
104. M odern P ainting . Mr. Rhys.
Spring semester
Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French Revolution
through Matisse and Picasso; the meanings of the various movements and their
relationship to changing social and political attitudes.
105. M aster P rint M akers. Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
A consideration of certain problems in the history of the graphic arts. A study
of the significance of the work of such men as Schongauer, Diirer, Rembrandt,
Goya, Daumier, Munch and Rouault for the development of expression in
the media of the woodcut, engraving, etching, aquatint and lithography. Stu
dents work almost exclusively with original material in the Print Room of the
Philadelphia Museum and the Lessing J. Rosenwald Collection in Jenkintown.
Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
Classical Greek art and architecture within the art historical context of ancient
civilizations of the Near East.
107. Ancient Art .
108
History
P r o fessors : M ary A l b e r t so n , Chairman
Paul H . Be k
J a m es A. F ield , J r .
L a u r e n c e D . L a fo r e
F rederick B. T o lles
A ssistant P r o fesso r : P e ter N. R iesen berg
I n st r u c t o r s : R. A r n o l d R icks
H a rrison M . W right
L e c t u r e r : F. H ilary C o n r o y
The first course introduces the student to the past, not only of the western tradi
tion but of various parts of the world which have come to share the same heritage
since the beginning of the expansion of Europe, and also introduces the student to
the methods of the historian and the uses of a knowledge of history. The other
courses in the department, particularly at the sophomore level, treat more fully our
heritage from England and offer a choice among various aspects of the history of
America, and among approaches to an understanding of other parts of the world.
The courses open chiefly to juniors and seniors expand certain of the topics intro
duced in History 1-2. The Honors program is planned for different objectives as
well as different methods from the Course program. The seminars rarely parallel
courses in subject matter.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
and
M a jo r s
R ec o m m e n d a t io n s
and
M in o rs
History 1-2 should be taken in the freshman year, if possible, followed in the
sophomore year, if there is room in the individual’s program, by a choice of two
of the following: (1) one semester of American History, (2) England, and (3)
either Russia, the Expansion of Europe, or The Other American Republics. For the
major, carefully planned election of related courses in other departments should begin
in the sophomore year, particularly with reference to the prerequisite requirements
of these departments for Honors seminars. The minimum requirement for acceptance
as a major in history at the beginning of the junior year is successful completion of
two half courses in history. The student planning to apply for work leading to an
Honors degree either as a major or minor should follow in general the same program
as the Course major during his first two years.
The work of the major in Course consists of at least eight half courses in the
department, including History 1-2, a half course in American history, a half course
in English history, and Special Topics. The comprehensive examination is based on
the fields covered in these courses and also includes questions on the other courses
offered by the department. The department records the field of special competence
of its majors so that the information can be given in letters of recommendation, etc.,
when it is desirable. A major in history may, for example, be described as a major
in history with emphasis on the social sciences, on American civilization, on interna
tional relations, or on Russian studies.
Students intending to do graduate work in history should bear in mind that the
languages usually required by graduate schools are French and German.
109
C ourses
No course open to sophomores covers the same ground as an Honors seminar.
1-2. I ntroduction to H istory. All members of the department.
Full course
One of the basic courses in the curriculum. It is an introduction to the study,
understanding, and use of history for those who do not plan to take any more
courses in history as well as for those who do. It is a prerequisite to all other
work in history except courses 61 and 64. The course begins with the classical
backgrounds of European civilization and ends with the mid-twentieth century.
Sections are small enough for discussion.
N ote : History 1 may be used to meet part of the college requirement of four half
courses in four different departments whether it is taken alone or in combination with
History 2. In certain combinations History 1 may be given credit without History 2,
if written permission is obtained from the chairman of the department.
3. England . Miss Albertson.
A survey of the history of the English people.
4. T he U nited States before 1865.
Mr. Field.
The colonial experience; independence, a new society, and a new government;
transcontinental expansion and the struggle between North and South.
5. T he U nited States after 1865. Mr. Field.
The reconstruction of the Union; industrialism and its consequences; the prob
lems of a shrinking world.
6. A merican Intellectual H istory before 1865. Mr. Tolies.
The history of ideas in the United States from the colonial period through the
middle of the nineteenth century. A general knowledge of the political and
social history of the period is assumed.
7. A merican I ntellectual H istory after 1865. Mr. Tolies.
The history of ideas in the United States from the middle of the nineteenth
century to the present time. A general knowledge of the political and social
history of the period is assumed.
11. T h e O ther A merican Republics . Mr. Lafore.
The development of Latin America with its European and colonial background.
The emphasis is on Mexico, Brazil, and Argentina.
14. R ussia. Mr. Beik.
The history of modern Russia. The course begins with the reign of Peter and
gives half its time to the period since the Revolution.
15. T he Expansion of E urope . Mr. Wright.
This course treats comparatively the various problems that have arisen in nonEuropean areas in which there was contact with Europeans. Case studies will be
chosen from among the following areas: Algeria, India, Indonesia, Nigeria, the
Rhodesias, French West Africa.
The following courses are not open to freshmen and sophomores.
made only on written approval by the chairman of the department.
Exceptions are
52. M odern Britain . Mr. Lafore.
The development of a modern industrial society and welfare state.
53. T he French Revolution and N apoleon . Mr. Beik or Mr. Ricks.
The significance of the period of 1789 to 1815 in the development of modem
European social theories and political institutions.
110
54. M edieval E urope . Mr. Riesenberg.
The history of western Europe from the decline of the Roman empire through
the thirteenth century.
55. T he Renaissance. Miss Albertson.
The history of western Europe from the fourteenth through the sixteenth century.
The emphasis is on the influence of the Italian Renaissance.
56. A merican D iplomatic H istory. Mr. Field.
Official United States foreign policy considered as a part of the larger problem
of American participation in world affairs.
57. M odern E urope . Members of the department.
Recent European problems and institutions examined primarily through the
experiences of one nation in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. In 1959-60
the nation studied will be Germany. Mr. Ricks.
58. H istory of Ideas. Members of the department. In 1959-60 given by Mr. Beik.
Aspects of the intellectual history of continental Europe and England.
61. Q uakerism . Mr. Tolies.
The history of the Society of Friends to the present day. The characteristic
religious and social ideas of the Quakers are considered in their historical setting.
62. T he N ear and M iddle East.
The history of this area in modern times.
Not offered in 1959-60.
64. T he Far East. Mr. Conroy.
Eastern Asia in the twentieth century. The main themes will be Japanese mod
ernization, imperialism and "democratization”, the Chinese revolutionary process,
and Far Eastern rivalries.
65, 66. Special T opics.
For seniors. Individual programs are planned to prepare majors in history for
the comprehensive examination. The discussion of review problems, of papers,
and of reading is conducted in group meetings supplemented by individual
conferences with members of the department. This may be elected as a single
one-semester course or as a double one-semester course. Time is allowed for
optional reading and research. The second credit (66) is usually given for a
Course thesis.
H
onors
S e m in a r s
The following seminars are offered by the department to juniors and seniors to
prepare for the examinations for a degree with Honors. The topics of the seminars
have been selected in order to illustrate different kinds of historical problems. They
may be taken in any combination without regard to chronological order. There are
prerequisites in addition to History 1-2 for certain seminars: for seminars 101, 102,
and 103 some work in American history beyond the secondary school level is re
quired; for seminars 107 and 109 some work in English history is required. These
prerequisites may be fulfilled either by a semester course or by special arrangements
made with the instructor of the seminar.
Those who wish to specialize in international relations with a major in history
(see p. 113, last paragraph) should include in their programs at least three of the
following seminars: numbers 103, 110, 116, 117.
The United States
101. Early A merican H istory. Mr. Tolies.
Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects of the period from the explora
tions to the end of the American Revolution.
Ill
102. P roblems in A merican H istory. Mr. Field.
Selected topics in the history of the United States.
103. P roblems in A merican H istory : F oreign . Mr. Field.
The United States in the world community; a study of the evolution since 1776
of the American policies toward Europe, Latin America, and the Orient, with
emphasis on ideological, economic, and strategic developments.
England and the Commonwealth
106. M edieval E ngland . Miss Albertson.
Aspects of English life and institutions from the Norman conquest through the
Wars of the Roses.
Miss Albertson.
The English Renaissance and Reformation, constitutional theory, the Civil War,
and the Restoration.
107. T udor and Stuart England .
Mr. Lafore.
The rise of the first modern industrial state.
problems.
109. E ngland 1785 to 1914.
Its social, political, and economic
110. T he British E mpire . Mr. W right.
A study of the empire from 1750 to the present. Special attention is paid to
the growth of the "second empire" and the internal history of the members of
the present commonwealth.
Europe
111. M edieval E urope . Mr. Riesenberg.
The civilization of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries in continental Europe.
112. T he Renaissance and Reformation . Miss Albertson.
Continental Europe from the fourteenth to the seventeenth centuries.
114. E urope 1760 to 1870. Mr. Beik.
The disintegration of the old regime and the rise of liberalism.
115. E urope 1870 to 1939. Mr. Lafore.
Political and social changes which preceded the second world war in western
continental Europe.
116. D iplomatic H istory o f E urope . Mr. Lafore.
The management of international affairs and problems since 1870.
117. Eastern E urope . Mr. Beik.
The origins and consequences of the Russian Revolution and the development of
the Soviet zone in East Central Europe.
T h e s is ( 1 2 0 )
A thesis may be substituted for one of the Honors examinations by permission of
the department. The topic should be selected and approved by the end of the junior
year.
G raduate W
ork
The Department of History offers work leading to the Master’s degree for graduate
students who wish to use the research resources of the Friends Historical Library
for a thesis. In addition to the thesis the candidate normally takes three Honors
seminars. For the general regulations concerning the Master’s degree see pp. 64-65.
112
International Relations
Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field of international relations
should include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses
in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate
course in one or more modem languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in
the programs of students who do their major work in economics, history, political
science, or a modern language.
Those students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their
Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this examina
tion should take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed below,
including all of those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or
more in Group III. The examination is administered by a committee appointed
by the chairmen of the Departments of Economics, History, and Political Science,
under the Chairmanship of the Department of Political Science.
Group 1
Political Science 12. I nternational P olitics
Political Science 13. I nternational Law and O rganization
Political Science 57-58. A merican Foreign P olicy
Economics 60. I nternational Economics
Group II
History
History
History
History
History
11.
14.
15.
62.
64.
T he O ther A merican Republics
R ussia
T he Expansion o f E urope
T he N ear and M iddle East
T he Far East
Group III
Political
Political
Political
Political
Science
Science
Science
Science
15. Comparative G overnment
19. T he Soviet System
20. A sian P olitical Systems
59. M odern P olitical T heory
Students who plan to enter the Honors program will find it possible to select a
similar combination of courses and seminars in the field of international relations. In
planning such programs, they should consult with the chairmen of their prospective
major departments.
113
Mathematics
Professor: H einrich Brinkmann ,
C h airm an
V isiting Professor: O rhan H. A lisbah
A ssociate Professor: P hilip W. Carruth
A ssistant Professors: Edgar R. M ullins, Jr .
D avid Rosen
Pure mathematics is an abstract subject and may be looked upon as the model of a
deductive science. On the other hand, the subject matter of mathematics has for the
most part arisen out of concrete applications to the physical sciences, among which
geometry occupies a central position. The courses offered in the department of
Mathematics attempt to combine these points of view and to give a picture of the
power and beauty of the subject when studied for its own sake, as well as its many
relations to other fields of thought. The study of mathematics is essential as a
tool for the understanding of the principles of the physical sciences and engineering;
a knowledge of its techniques is indispensable for a successful pursuit of these
subjects. The same is becoming increasingly true in the biological sciences and in
some of the social sciences.
For students who intend to major in mathematics in course, the normal sequence
of courses is the following: Freshman year, courses 3-4; Sophomore year, courses
11, 12; Junior and Senior years, courses 13, 14, 51, 52, 55. The completion of
Physics 1, 2 is strongly recommended.
In order to be admitted to honors seminars in mathematics, either as a major or
as a minor, a student must have completed courses 11, 12. An honors student whose
major is mathematics must also take Physics 1, 2; it is furthermore highly desirable
that he have a reading knowledge of French or German. A junior honors student
will normally take the seminars in Advanced Calculus and Differential Equations or
the seminar in Advanced Analysis; these seminars are offered each year. The re
maining seminars are usually taken by senior students and are offered as they are
required.
1-2. I ntroduction to M athematics.
Full course
The purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with the principles and
some of the fundamental concepts of mathematics. While a part of the course
will deal with the ideas and applications of elementary calculus, other funda
mental concepts of mathematics will also be considered, and in particular appro
priate material from algebra and trigonometry will be studied. An introduction
to statistics and probability will be given as an application. The course is suit
able for a terminal course in mathematics, particularly for students in the social
sciences. It may also be used as a prerequisite for further work in mathematics,
and should be taken by those students intending further study of mathematics
who do not have the preparation necessary for courses 3-4.
Full course
The subject matter of these courses consist of calculus combined with appro
priate material from analytic geometry. It will normally be followed by courses
11, 12 and should be taken by students intending to do their major work in
mathematics, the physical sciences, or engineering. Good preparation, including
a thorough course in trigonometry, is required as preparation for this course.
3-4. First Y ear M athematics .
114
Full course
In this course the student continues the study of the calculus begun in Mathe
matics 3-4; certain topics from algebra and analytic geometry are also included.
The course forms a necessary basis for any further work in mathematics and
is essential for an understanding of the fundamentals of physics and other
sciences, as well as engineering.
Prerequisite: Courses 3-4.
11,12. Calculus.
Fall semester
Various kinds of geometry (mostly in the plane) will be studied in this course,
using both analytic and synthetic methods. A large part of the work will deal
with projective geometry and its relation to metric and other geometries. The
conic sections will be studied in some detail.
Prerequisites: Courses 11, 12.
13. H igher G eometry .
14. H igher A lgebra.
Spring semester
The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to some of the abstract
ideas that are fundamental in the subject of algebra as well as to extend his
knowledge of certain algebraic techniques. Among the subjects studied are:
Number systems, fields and their algebraic extensions, matrices and determinants,
the solution of algebraic equations, systems of linear equations.
Prerequisites: Courses 11, 12.
51. A dvanced A nalysis I.
Fall semester
This course deals with the differential calculus of functions of several variables
and its geometric applications, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals,
improper integrals and infinite series. The treatment is sufficiently rigorous to
strengthen the student’s understanding of the principles of the calculus. Appli
cations to the physical sciences are given whenever possible.
Prerequisites: Courses 11, 12; these courses must be passed with a grade of
C or better.
52. A dvanced A nalysis II.
Spring semester
This course is a continuation of Mathematics 51. Some of the topics studied
are: Ordinary Differential Equations, with applications; Infinite Series; Im
proper Integrals and the Gamma Function.
Prerequisites: Courses 11, 12, 51.
54. P robability and Statistics.
This course deals with the mathematical theory of statistics, based upon a study
of the theory of probability. An introduction to the theory of sampling and
statistical inference will be given.
Prerequisites: Courses 11, 12, 51 (Course 51 may be taken concurrently).
Spring semester
A weekly meeting held for the purpose of integrating- and supplementing the
course program of majors in this department.
55. Senior Conference .
60. Reading Course in M athematics .
This course is to provide an opportunity for students to do special work in
fields not covered by the undergraduate courses, listed above. The work consists
in the preparation of papers requiring extensive and detailed examination of the
literature of a problem.
H o n o r s Sem in a rs
101. A dvanced Calculus.
Fall semester
The subject matter of this seminar includes the differential calculus of functions
of several variables, the elements of vector analysis, multiple integrals, line and
surface integrals, improper integrals, infinite series, uniform convergence of
115
infinite processes. The treatment of these various subjects is sufficiently detailed
to give the Student an introduction to the rigorous processes of analysis.
Spring semester
This seminar continues the study of the topics listed under the seminar in Ad
vanced Calculus. It also includes a formal treatment of ordinary differential
equations and their applications to various types of problems. This is followed
by a study of existence theorems for ordinary differential equations, certain classi
cal linear differential equations, Fourier series and a brief introduction to boun
dary value problems of certain partial differential equations of the second order.
102. D ifferential E quations .
Pall semester
This seminar is planned for students who have mathematics as a minor and who
wish to have just one seminar in analysis. It is part of the Honors Program
in Engineering Sciences (see p. 9 1 ). Among the subjects studied are functions
of several variables, infinite series, uniform convergence of infinite processes,
Fourier series, differential equations of the first order, linear differential equa
tions, Bessel functions.
103. Advanced A nalysis.
104. M odern A lgebra.
This seminar deals with the theoretical properties of such formal systems as
groups, rings, fields and vector spaces. While these concepts will be illustrated
by many concrete examples, the emphasis will be on the abstract nature of the
subject; the student will thus be introduced to an important aspect of modern
mathematics. Among the specific topics to be studied are the algebra of matrices,
of classes and of ideals.
105. T heory of F unctions of a Complex V ariable.
A brief study of the geometry of complex numbers is followed by a detailed
treatment of the Cauchy theory of analytical functions of a complex variable.
Various applications are given and some special classes of functions, such as
elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory of Weierstrass are briefly considered.
Prerequisites: Seminars 101 and 102.
106. T heory o f N umbers .
Among the subjects studied in this seminar are: Elementary properties of integers,
the congruence relation, quadratic residues, quadratic forms, certain classical
Diophantine equations, simple examples of fields of algebraic numbers.
107. D ifferential G eometry .
The subject of this seminar is the metric differential geometry of curves and
surfaces in three dimensional space.
108. Symbolic Logic.
This seminar is given by the Department of Philosophy. A description of it will
be found under the offerings of that department. It may be presented as part of
the Mathematics program in Honors.
109. P robability and Statistics.
The purpose of this seminar is to give the mathematical background necessary
for an understanding of the mathematical analysis of statistical data. In addition
the modern development of this subject provides a valuable application of the
concepts and techniques acquired in the study of advanced calculus. The topics
treated include: the axiomatic approach, the use of Stieltjes integrals, correlation
and regression, some special distributions, sampling theory and a short introduc
tion to the theory of statistical estimation.
116
Modern Languages and Literatures
Professors: Edith P hilips, C h a irm a n (French)
H arold M arch (French)
Franz H. M autner (German) f
Associate P rofessors: H ilde D. Cohn (German)
J ames D. Sorber (Spanish)
A ssistant Professors: Elisa A sensio (Spanish)
Frederic G rover (French) t
J ustus Rosenberg (German and Russian)
J eanne T heis W hitaker (French)
I nstructor : Robert Silhol (French)
Lecturers: G eorge Avery (German)
J ean A shmead P erkins (French)
O lga Lang (Russian)
A lbert Schmitt (German)
The department of modem languages and literatures aims to give its majors a
comprehensive view of the literature and culture represented by these languages, in
relation to other humanistic studies. Literature courses listed in the separate sections
are conducted in the language concerned, and progress in the language is always one
of the aims.
The elementary and intermediate courses are designed to prepare the students for
advanced work in literature as well as to meet college and departmental requirements.
It is possible with some extra reading, to major or to enter honors seminars in a
language started in college, but elementary and intermediate courses (numbered
1 to 4) do not count toward the minimum of eight half courses required of a major.
Prerequisites and recommended subjects for majors are noted under the listing of each
language section.
M odern Language Seminars (conducted in English)
107. M odern E uropean W riters.
Four or five French, German, and Russian novelists.
130. Linguistic Science .
A study of the nature and development of language. Survey of current practice
in linguistic analysis; phonemics, morphophonemics, morphemics, and syn
tactics. The principles of historical and comparative linguistics and of dialect
geography. Meaning and change of meaning. Classification of languages.
Linguistics in its relationship to other fields of study. Intended not only for
students planning intensive language studies but also for students of anthro
pology, philosophy, or psychology. While a knowledge of one or more foreign
languages is desirable, there are no specific prerequisites.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1959-60.
j Absent on leave, 1959-60.
117
French
A ll, students offering French for entrance are placed at the level where they
will presumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College
Entrance Examination or a test given by the department.
French may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both course and
honors students and are as follows:
Required:
French 11, 12 Introduction to Literature, or evidence of equivalent work.
French 5 Advanced Composition and Diction.
Recommended supporting subjects:
History of France, History of Modern Philosophy, Psychology, courses in other
literatures, Fine Arts.
Majors are expected to speak French with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion
in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive or oral
honors examination in French.
N o t e : All advanced courses are not offered every year. Students wishing a major
or minor in French should plan their course carefully in advance with the department
in order to get a well rounded program.
C ourses
1-2. E lementary French .
For students who begin French in College. Equivalent to two years’ French in
high school. The initial approach is oral but a foundation is laid for a reading
knowledge. No credit is given for French 1 alone.
3, 4. I ntermediate French .
For students who have had French 1-2 or its equivalent (2 years’ French in high
school). Students who have had three years in high school usually enter
French 4. Grammar is reviewed. Reading is from contemporary literature in
French editions without notes or vocabulary. Every effort is made to help the
student to increase his vocabulary and to discuss what he has read in the French
language. Completion of French 4 satisfies the language requirement. The
normal course to follow French 4 is French 11. (Both courses are offered
each semester.)
5. Advanced Composition .
Problems of syntax, stylistics, and translation; vocabulary or literary criticism.
6. A dvanced Com position and D iction .
For those who intend to major in French or who wish an advanced course in
which the emphasis is not primarily literary. An effort is made to correct faulty
pronunciation and to improve self-expression in the language, both oral and
written.
11,12. I ntroduction to Literature .
In Course 11 the transition is made from reading as an aid to language learning
to the consideration of literary values. The material is selected from classics of
the nineteenth century, but it is not a systematic survey course. Prerequisite:
French 4 or equivalent.
In Course 12 the treatment is more historical with selected readings from Rabelais
to Rousseau. (Both courses are offered each semester.)
118
14. Prose de la R enaissance.
Readings from Rabelais, Calvin, Montaigne.
15. L’A ge de Louis XIV.
Selected prose and poetry of the seventeenth century exclusive of the theater.
16. Les "P hilosophes .”
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot and Rousseau; their contribution to the develop
ment of the ideas on art, literature and society which characterize the French
eighteenth century.
17. T héâtre C lassique.
The plays o f Corneille, Racine and Molière and the growth of the classic ideal in
French literature.
21. Littérature du M oyen A ge.
Readings from medieval literature in modern French translations.
22. Roman M oderne .
Important novels from Balzac to the early twentieth century, including such
authors as Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, Zola, Gide, Proust, Céline.
24. Roman Contemporain .
Representative novels from 1920 to the present.
25. Le Roman au 17e et 18« Siècles.
Selected novels before Balzac.
(For senior majors.)
Readings selected to fit the needs of individual seniors and to supplement their
selection of courses. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of compre
hensive examination but to give an opportunity in the senior year for the student
to see his courses in perspective and to see possible relationships with work in
other fields.
51. Special T opics.
H o n o rs Sem in a rs
100. Littérature du M oyen Age .
Old French readings in lyric poetry, theater and fiction.
101. La R enaissance e n France .
Rabelais, Calvin, Montaigne, Ronsard et la Pléiade.
102. Le T héâtre Classique.
Corneille, Racine, Molière.
103. Le Siècle des P hilosophes .
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau.
104. Balzac, Stendhal , F laubert, P roust.
105. P roust .
106. P oésie M oderne .
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, Mallarmé, Claudel, Verlaine, Valéry.
108. Le Roman du 20e Siècle .
While some honors seminars treat the same subject matter as the courses, the read
ing required is more extensive both in the texts and in critical material. The work
of a seminar corresponds to two half courses.
119
German
All students offering German for entrance are placed at the level where they can
presumably profit best by the course, according 'to their rating in the College Entrance
Examination or a test given by the department.
German may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both course and
honors students and are as follows:
Required:
German 11-12. Introduction to German Literature.
Recommended supporting subjects:
An advanced course in German literature, courses in other literatures, Shake
speare, Modem Philosophy, Psychology, Fine Arts, History of Germany.
As far as possible, German is the language of the classroom. Since not all advanced
courses and seminars are offered every year, students wishing a major or minor in
German should plan their courses carefully in advance with 'the department in order
to get a well rounded program.
1-2. E lementary G erman .
For students who begin German in college. Equivalent of two years’ secondary
school preparation. Fundamentals of German and easy literary prose such as
Schnitzler: Der blinde Geronimo.
3. I ntermediate G erman .
Prerequisite: German 1-2 or two years’ secondary school preparation. Narrative
and expository prose of moderate difficulty such as Hesse: Knulp; Schweitzer:
Leben und Dertken. Review grammar.
4. I ntermediate G erman .
Fulfills the college requirement for all students who wish to learn reading and
speaking. Literary narrative, drama, poetry, expository prose of greater difficulty.
Prerequisite: German 3 or equivalent.
6. W riting and Speaking G erman .
Composition and conversation.
Prerequisite: Course 3-4 or equivalent.
7-8. E lementary G erman (S pecial Reading Course.)
A special reading course designed for those who wish to acquire a reading knowl
edge of German in a single year. German 7-8 may be used to fulfill the require
ments of certain departments or of graduate schools, but not to satisfy the college
foreign language requirement.
11,12. I ntroduction to G erman Literature .
A study of representative German authors; reading and discussion of dramas,
Novellen, and lyric poems. Not a survey course. Writing of critical reports.
Prerequisite: German 4 or equivalent.
13. D ie D eutsche Rom antik .
An introductory study of the Romantic movement in Germany, with readings
from representative authors such as Novalis, Tieck, Amim, Brentano, Eichendorff. Lectures, discussion, papers.
Prerequisite: Course 11-12 or equivalent.
120
14. D ie D eutsche N ovelle von G oethe bis T homas M a n n .
Significant examples of this typically German genre will be read and interpreted
as to contents, form, and importance in intellectual history. Authors: Goethe,
Eichendorff, Kleist, Stifter, Meyer, Keller, Storm, Thomas Mann.
15. D ie G oethe -Zeit .
Goethe, Schiller, and their contemporaries.
studied.
The most significant works will be
17. G oethes F aust, Erster und Z weiter T eil .
An intensive study of Faust, I and II. Also for students who only know Faust,
Part One.
18. M oderne D eutsche Literatur .
A study of leading German writers of the twentieth century, including Gerhart
Hauptmann, Thomas Mann, Rainer Maria Rilke, Hofmansthal, Kafka. Lectures,
discussion, papers.
Prerequisite: Course 11-12 or equivalent.
20. D ie D eutsche Lyrik .
A critical study of German poetry from the classical age to the present time.
The interrelation of form and "contents." Reading will include, among others,
Goethe, Schiller, Hölderlin, Eichendorff, Heine, Mörike, Meyer, George, Rilke.
51. Special T opics.
Readings selected to fit the specific needs of students with an advanced knowl
edge of the German language. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of
comprehensive examination.
H onors W ork
The following seminars prepare for examinations for a degree with Honors. Those
actually given in any year vary according to the choices of the students and the con
venience of the department.
101. M iddle H igh G erman Literature and P hilology .
Introduction into Indo-European and Germanic philology and phonetics. Out
line of development of the German language. Middle High German grammar.
Brief survey of Old and Middle High German literature. Reading of MHG
texts in the original, especially Nibelungenlied, Wolfram’s Parzival, and Walther
von der Vogelweide.
103. D eutsches Barock und A ufklabrung .
A study of German literature in the seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries.
The reforms of Qpitz, the lyric poetry of the period, the mysticism of Angelus
Silesius and Jakob Bohme, the plays of Gryphius, and the prose of Gimmelshausen; a study of Lessing in his most important dramas and critical writing.
104. G oethe .
Goethe’s most significant works and his role in German intellectual history will
be studied.
105. D ie D eutsche Rom antik .
Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature and thinking of the
first half of the nineteenth century.
106. D ie Literatur des "R ealismus” .
Studies in the works of Grillparzer, Hebbel, Ludwig, Keller, Meyer, and Storm,
and other writers of drama, novel, and Novelle in the second half of the
nineteenth century.
121
107. D eutsche Literatur Seit 1900.
The chief writers from naturalism to expressionism: Gerhart Hauptmann s
dramas; Thomas Mann’s prose; Rainer Maria Rilke’s poetry; Hugo von Hof
mannsthal’s prose and poetry; Kafka; Brecht.
108. D as D eutsche D rama.
Representative examples of the dramatic genre in German literature from the end
of the 18th century to the present.
Russian
Courses in the Russian language may be used to fulfill the college’s foreign language
requirement. A major in Russian language and literature may be obtained by taking
the courses listed below and additional courses offered at Bryn Mawr College.
These courses are part of the Russian Studies program offered at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and Swarthmore Colleges (see p. 149).
1-2. Elementary R ussian .
course
Designed to familiarize the beginner with the essentials of the spoken and
written language. Fundamentals of grammar and reading of easy literary prose.
3,4. Intermediate Russian .
Reading of selections from Russian 19th century and contemporary prose and
poetry. Short Russian area study: geography, history, constitution. Translations
from Russian fiction and periodicals. Review of grammar.
Conversation. Reports. Composition.
Prerequisite: Russian 1-2 or its equivalent.
5, 6. Advanced R ussian .
Readings in Russian classical literature: Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol, Tolstoy,
Turgenev, Dostoyevsky, Chekhov. Study of these writers’ biographies and their
political and social backgrounds. Intensive work in translation and composition.
Advanced conversation.
Prerequisite: Russian 3, 4 or its equivalent.
Spanish
All students offering Spanish for entrance are placed at the level where they will
presumably profit best by the course according to their rating in the College Entrance
examination or a test given by the department.
Spanish may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors
work. Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both
course and honors students and are as follows:
Required: Spanish 11-12 Introduction to Literature.
Recommended supporting subjects:
Introduction to Philosophy, Psychology, English or other foreign or classic liter
ature, Fine Arts, South American History.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in dis
cussion in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive
or oral honors examination in Spanish.
122
Co urses
1-2. E lementary Spanish .
For students who begin Spanish in college. Equivalent to two years' Spanish
in high school. The emphasis is both on the spoken language and on reading.
3, 4. I ntermediate Spanish .
For students who have had Spanish 1-2 or its equivalent (two years in high
school). Students who have had three years usually enter Spanish 4. Grammar
is reviewed. Reading is from Spanish and South American literature with em
phasis on increasing the student’s vocabulary and his ability to discuss his read
ing in oral and written Spanish.
9. Advanced Composition and D iction .
For majors and others who wish an advanced course in which the emphasis is
not primarily literary. An effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and
to improve self expression in the language both oral and written.
l l , 12. I ntroduction to Spanish Literature .
Representative texts of modem Spanish and Latin American writers. Conducted
in Spanish with frequent written work in Spanish.
13. E l T eatro M oderno .
Plays of the major Spanish writers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
14. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
Representative novelists from Mármol in Argentina to Revueltas in Mexico.
15,16. L as O bras de Cervantes.
Novelas ejemplares. The Quixote. (A year course giving a thorough study of
Cervantes. The first semester may stand alone.)
18. La N ovela e n el Siglo XX.
A study of the major novelists since the Spanish Civil War.
19. P oesía, T eatro y N ovela D el Siglo de O ro .
Representative authors of the Siglo de Oro, excluding Cervantes.
20. Special T opics for Senior M ajors .
Readings selected to fit the needs of seniors and to supplement their selection of
courses. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of comprehensive exam
ination, but to give an opportunity in the senior year for the student to see his
courses in perspective and to see possible relationships to work in other fields.
Sem in a rs
101. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
102. La N ovela
en el
Siglo XX.
103. Las O bras de Cervantes.
104. E l T eatro M oderno .
105. P oesía, T eatro y N ovela D el Siglo de O ro .
N o t b : While the titles of seminars in Spanish correspond to the titles of courses, honors students
read more extensively both in the texts and critical work. The work of a seminar corresponds to
that of two half courses.
123
Music
A ssociate Professor: P eter G ram Swing , Chairman
A ssistant Professor: C laudio Spies
Lecturer : V incent P ersichetti
A ssistant: A rthur Parris
The study of music as a liberal art requires an integrated approach to theory, history,
and performance since experience in all three fields is essential to the understanding
of music as an artistic achievement. The Music Department believes that a course of
study based on this approach constitutes the best training for a musician whether
he aims to be a composer, a musicologist, a performing artist or a teacher.
The academic program consists of a sequence of courses and seminars designed
to develop comprehension of music on its own terms. Theory courses and seminars
teach skills derived from techniques used in musical composition. Practice in these
skills gives the aspiring composer directed training in writing music and helps the
musician to develop a sound analytical approach to the study of musical style. History
courses and seminars analyze the works of individual composers and representative
works of selected eras. They aim to help the student achieve a deeper response to
the individual work of art through study of its form and style in the context of
cultural history.
The study of theory and history assumes performance, and music students are ex
pected to play or sing in class to the best of their capacities.. While the department
does not offer credit for instruction in instruments or voice it encourages its students
to develop performing skills through private study. The orchestra and chorus, both
conducted by members of the Music Department provide valuable ensemble training.
Members of the department also coach chamber music groups organized by the stu
dents for the weekly Bond concerts and hold informal chamber music readings at
their homes.
R equirements
for
and
M ajors
R ecommendations
and
Minors
Music 11-12 and 13-14 are required for all majors in music. Students planning
to major in music normally take these two courses in their freshman and sophomore
years. Music 11-12 is prerequisite for all advanced work in theory and for all sem
inars in history. A student must receive a grade of B or higher in order to qualify
as a candidate for major. He must also pass with a grade of B or higher the final
examinations in Music 1, 2, though he will not normally take these two courses for
credit. Gifted students with prior training in theory may begin their study of theory
with Music 13-14 by passing a qualifying examination given in the fall. All advanced
work in theory and history is taught in seminars conducted on a level necessary to
prepare students for honors examinations. Course students taking these seminars will
work out with the Department in advance whether they should receive a full or
half course credit per seminar and their work for the seminar will be planned
accordingly.
124
Majors in Course: The program of a major consists of a minimum of eight half
courses in the Department, including Music 11-12, 13-14 and 171. The normal
program will consist of ten half-courses, the choice of additional work in theory,
history or composition depending on the student’s special interests.
Majors and Minors in Honors: Majors in honors take four seminars in the De
partment including at least one seminar in Advanced Theory. In special cases the
seminar in Aesthetics may be substituted for one in Music. A minor in honors
usually consists of two seminars. The seminars offered in any one semester vary
according to the requirements of the students and the convenience of the Department.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate
work in Music requires a reading knowledge of French and German.
T heory
and
Composition
11-12. First Y ear T heory . Mr. Spies.
Full course
A course in elementary music theory offering basic training in Harmony and
Counterpoint. Emphasis will be placed on exercises in these musical skills along
with ear-training, dictation and keyboard harmony. Frequent reference will be
made to a variety of shorter compositions which will be carefully analysed.
13-14. Second Y ear T heory . Mr. Spies.
Full course
A sequel to Music 11-12, this course will offer training in advanced Harmony
and Tonal Counterpoint. In addition to exercises in these skills there will be
work in phrase-construction, problems in connection with harmonic rhythm
and thorough analysis of a variety of musical compositions for different media.
Keyboard harmony and dictation will be continued.
61-62. T hird Y ear T heory . Mr. Spies.
Full course
Advanced work in theory covering those areas in which the student wishes to
pursue special study. Students qualified by previous training in theory to work
in composition and analysis will be admitted to this course with the consent of
the instructor.
H onors Seminars
161. Advanced T heory . Mr. Spies.
181. Com position .
Not offered in 1959-60.
H istory
of
M usic
1, 2. T h e H istory of M usic in W estern CiviI ization . Mr. Swing.
This course has two main objectives: to teach students how to listen intelligently
to music and to acquaint them with representative works from successive periods
of music history, thereby furnishing the basis for a growing and life-long
interest in music. One lecture and two section meetings per week. Open to
all students.
Music 1 is a prerequisite for Music 2.
21. Contemporary M usic . Mr. Persichetti.
Fall semester
A study of harmonic, contrapuntal and formal techniques of Twentieth Century
music. The course focuses on the period between the experimental writing of
the 1920’s and the amalgamation of materials in the 1950’s.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 or Music 1, 2.
28. W. A. M ozart. Mr. Swing.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12.
Not offered in 1959-60; offered in 1960-61.
125
Fall semester
30. J. S. Bach. Mr. Swing.
Spring semester
An introduction to the study of J. S. Bach, his life and his music, with emphasis
on the analysis of representative works in different genres. Particular attention
will be given to choral works (including the Mass in B minor and the St. Mat
thew Passion).
Prerequisite: Music 1, 2 or Music 11-12.
Not offered in 1959-60.
32. H istory of th e String Q uartet . Mr. Swing.
Spring semester
Prerequisite: Music 11-12.
51. Form and Style in M edieval and Renaissance M usic . Mr. Swing.
Fall semester
Prerequisite: Music 11-12.
H onors Seminars
128. W . A. M ozart. Mr. Swing.
Fall semester
A study of representative works in the light of modern style criticism. A read
ing knowledge of French is desirable.
Not offered in 1959-60; offered in 1960-61.
132. H istory of th e String Q uartet .
This seminar traces the development of the string quartet from the middle of
the 18th Century to the present through study of selected quartets by Haydn,
Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert, Brahms and Bartók.
151. F orm and Style in M edieval and Renaissance M usic . Mr. Swing.
Fall semester
An introduction to the study of polyphonic music from the 9th Century to the
middle of the 16th Century.
171. P roblems in M usic H istory. Mr. Swing.
Spring semester
This seminar will select certain periods in music history for study and com
parison. Emphasis will be placed on analysis of style with the study of primary
and secondary sources (theoretical works, criticism, letters, etc.) introduced where
appropriate.
Prerequisites: Music 11-12 and 13-14.
Not offered in 1959-60.
191. T utorial . Staff.
126
Philosophy and Religion
P ro fesso rs : R ichard B. B r a n d t , C h airm an
M o n r o e C. B eardsley
J o h n M . M oore
A ssistant P r o fessors : M ic h a e l Scriven
J er o m e A . Sh a f f e r f
P. L in w o o d U rba n
L e c t u r e r s : H ugo B edau
G ilm o r e St o tt
The study of philosophy consists in examining the beliefs to which one is com
mitted by accepting scientific knowledge and common-sense views of the world;
clarifying basic concepts; determining the circumstances under which statements may
properly be said to be true in all fields of human inquiry and concern, including
ethical and aesthetic discourse; and drawing the outlines of an account of human
experience coherent with the evidence of the sciences. Because of the role of phi
losophy in the history of human thought, and because of the relation of philosophical
ideas to problems in other fields, philosophy may be studied as instrumental to the
understanding of wider areas of history or thought.
Religion is studied primarily as a system of ideas, both ethical and theological:
systematically, through a consideration of representative forms of contemporary relig
ious thought; and historically, through an examination of the great religions and the
development of religion, particularly of the Judaeo-Christian tradition.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
fob
and
M a jo r s
R e c o m m en d a tio n s
and
M in o rs
The minimum prerequisite to admission as a major in either philosophy or religion
will normally be the completion of one year’s work in the department. Students who
major in philosophy must obtain permission in order to count for credit in fulfillment
of their major requirement more than one course in religion; and students who major
in religion must obtain permission in order to count for credit in fulfillment of their
major requirement more than one course in philosophy. (Courses 25, 26 and 27 may
be counted either as philosophy or as religion.) Philosophy majors in course must
elect course 52 in their senior year.
1. I ntroduction to P hilosophy . The staff.
Each semester
Several of the most important problems of philosophy, and alternative answers
to them, are discussed. Typical examples are: the problem of free will, the
arguments for the existence of God, the nature of logic and mathematics, the
sources and kinds of knowledge, the justification of ethical judgments.
Full course
The major problems of philosophy are approached through study of some of
the great philosophical literature of the West. Plato’s Republic, Descartes’ Medi
tations, and Hume’s Dialogues Concerning Natural Religion will be read in
3-4. P hilosophical Classics.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1959*60.
127
their entirety; and selections will be read from Aristotle, Lucretius, Aquinas,
Hobbes, Berkeley, Locke, J. S. Mill, and others. Students who take Course 1
may not elect Course 3-4.
■ Not offered in 1959-60.
N ote : Either Course 1 or Course 3-4 is a prerequisite for courses 11 through 27.
Other courses may be taken in any order that is convenient. Members of the depart
ment will offer advice on request concerning an order of courses to suit individual
needs. Students planning to do honors work should not take courses dealing with
material to be covered in honors seminars.
11. E thics . Mr. Stott.
Each semester
A study of the principal theories about value and moral obligation, and of their
justification. The emphasis is systematic, but works of leading ethical philoso
phers, both classical and contemporary, will be read as illustrations of the major
theories.
12. Logic. Mr. Beardsley.
Fall semester
An introduction to applied semantics and applied logic, both formal and in
ductive. The emphasis is on principles and distinctions that are useful in ordinary
reading and writing.
13. Selected M odern P hilosophers . Mr. Shaffer.
Spring semester
The history of modern philosophy, with primary attention given to the problem
of the foundations, scope and limits of human knowledge, as examined by
Descartes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant.
Fall semester
A study of ancient philosophy in all its aspects: ethics, political theory,
metaphysics, and aesthetics. Primary emphasis is placed on the dialogues of
Plato; briefer attention is given to the pre-Socratics, Plato’s contemporaries, and
Aristotle.
Not offered in 1959-60.
14. A n c ient P hilosophy .
15. P hilosophy of Science . Mr. Scriven.
Spring semester
A study of the nature, scope, and limitations of scientific method and scientific
explanations. This involves, on the one hand, a treatment of a number of
particular logical problems such as the nature of laws, explanations, probability,
and theories; and, on the other hand, some treatment of a number or particular
scientific topics such as the definition of life, action at a distance, cosmology,
the uncertainty principle, and evolution.
16. Contemporary P roblems. Mr. Brandt and Mr. Shaffer.
Fall semester
A study of contemporary discussions of fundamental problems, such as the
theory of meaning, the foundations of knowledge, the perception of physical
objects, the nature of the self. Readings in the articles and books of major
living philosophers, including Russell, Lewis, Ayer, and Ryle.
17. Aesthetics . Mr. Beardsley.
Fall semester
A study of some problems that arise in describing, interpreting, and evaluating
aesthetic objects, including literature, music and fine arts. Among these problems
are the clarification of such terms as "form,” "style,” and "meaning,” an examina
tion of current attempts to subsume aesthetic objects under the general theory
of signs, and the analysis of the reasoning by which value judgments about
aesthetic objects are supported and defended.
18. Social P hilosophy . Mr. Scriven.
Spring semester
A survey of the philosophical problems arising from the study of the history
and behavior of human societies. Some examples are: the possible limitations
on prediction and explanation, the methodological role of value-judgments, the
idea of the society as more than its members, historical relativism, the concept
of progress, objectivity, the sociology of knowledge, the justification of democracy.
128
25. P hilosophy of Religion . Mr. Moore.
The nature of religion; the psychology and interpretation of religious experience;
the problem of religious knowledge; the validity and difficulties of Christian
theology and ethics.
Not offered in 1959-60.
26. M edieval P hilosophy . Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
Philosophical thought from Augustine to the fifteenth century. Attention will be
paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology and
to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. Although the
primary emphasis will be historical, attention will be given to the contemporary
relevance of medieval thought.
27. T heology and A nalytical P hilosophy . Mr. Urban, Mr. Moore.
Spring semester
A study in the meaning and verification of religious statements, the concept of
analogy, the nature of theological explanation, and the analytical critique of
the arguments for the existence of God. Readings in the articles and books of
contemporary thinkers, including Ayer, Flew, Hepburn, MacIntyre, Toxdmin
and Zuurdeeg. The course will consider both the question of the validity of the
analytical critique of traditional theology and the possibility of a philosophy of
religion within analytical philosophy.
31. P roblems of Christianity T oday. Mr. Urban.
Each semester
The purpose of this course is to study various answers to the chief religious
problems of the twentieth century. Problems include: the nature of the Bible,
science and religion, the existence of God, religion and social problems, religion
and education, the meaning of history. Answers include: fundamentalism,
liberalism, humanism, Christian orthodoxy and neo-orthodoxy. The stadent will
be urged to find his own answers and to work out his own religious beliefs.
N ote : Students planning to take more than one course in Religion should normally
commence with Course 31> although this course is not a prerequisite for the others.
32. Biblical Religion and Ethics . Mr. Moore.
Important parts of the Old and New Testament are examined, in order to trace
the growth of Hebrew and Christian religions and the development of the ideas
of the Judaeo-Christian tradition, both ethical and theological.
33. Early Christian T hought . Mr. Urban.
Fall semester
The rise and development of Christian thinking to the 13th century, the influence
of Judaism and Greek philosophy, the formation of the creeds, Scholasticism,
Augustine and Aquinas.
34. M odern Christian T hought . Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
The development of Christian thought from the Reformation to the twentieth
century, with emphasis upon the relationship between Christian and secular
thinking; the main ideas of the Reformation, church and sect in the Reforma
tion, Roman Catholic development, Protestant orthodoxy, Protestant liberalism.
35. H istory of Religions . Mr. Moore.
Fall semester
An historical and comparative study of the world’s religions: primitive religions,
Hinduism, Buddhism, Chinese and Japanese religion, Islam. Stress will be
placed upon the ethical and philosophical teaching of these religions and their
role in the interaction of modem cultures. Comparisons and contrasts will be
made between these religions and Judaism and Christianity.
Staff.
Spring semester
For senior majors in philosophy. Individual programs are planned to prepare
for the comprehensive examination.
52. Senior Conference .
129
H istory 61.
Q uakerism . Mr. Tolies.
The history of the Society of Friends to the present day. The characteristic
religious and social ideas of the Quakers are considered in their historical setting.
(May be counted toward a major in religion.)
H onors W ork
For admission to honors in philosophy, the requirement is normally two semester
courses drawn from those numbered from 1 to 26. For admission to honors work
in religion, the requirement is normally two semester courses selected from among
courses numbered 1, and 25 to 45.
101. M oral P hilosophy .
Mr. Brandt.
A study of the principal theories about value and obligation, and of their
justification, in the light of psychological and anthropological material; of the
nature of social justice, criminal justice, and human rights; of the implications
for ethics of different theories about the freedom of the will. The emphasis is
systematic, but works of representative theorists, both classical and contemporary,
will be read.
102. Anc ie n t P hilosophy . Mr. Shaffer and Mr. Bedau.
The development of Greek thought in ethics, metaphysics, logic and science,
with special attention to Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is given to tracing the
emergence of distinctively philosophical and scientific methods, and the rela
tion of these methods to contemporary techniques.
103. H istory of M odern P hilosophy . Mr. Beardsley and Mr. Shaffer.
The development of modem thought from Descartes to Kant. This seminar
may appropriately be combined with work in any of the three divisions.
104. Contemporary P roblems. Mr. Brandt and Mr. Shaffer.
A study of contemporary theories on some basic problems such as the theory of
meaning, universals, the foundations of knowledge, theories of perception, the
nature of the self and mental states, and the relation of mind and body. The
reading is in the recent work of such philosophers as Broad, Ayer, Russell,
Lewis, Ryle, and Wittgenstein.
105. P hilosophy o f Science . Mr. Scriven.
Spring semester
An advanced treatment of some fundamental problems in the field. Some of the
topics are: the nature of scientific explanations, laws, and theories; the con
cepts of probability and meaningfulness; the thesis of determinism; definition
and inference; the role of mathematics and models in science; simplicity; the
problems of definition and verification in such fields as cosmology, evolution, and
psychoanalysis.
106. A esthetics . Mr. Beardsley.
A systematic examination of the philosophy of art and the methodological
foundations of criticism. (See course 17.) Recommended for students of litera
ture, music and the fine arts.
107. Social P hilosophy . Mr. Scriven.
An advanced treatment of some problems arising from the study of societies
and individuals. Examples of topics: the nature of scientific method; the
possibility and significance of distinctions between these studies and the physical
sciences; sophisticated experimental design; analytical philosophy of history; the
logical character of explanations of behavior; the difference between causes of
beliefs and reasons for beliefs; the descriptive-evaluative distinction; ideal types
and ideal societies.
130
108. Symbolic Logic. Mr. Scriven.
Spring semester
The three aims of this seminar are (1) thorough coverage of the techniques of
elementary and intermediate symbolic logic, and some attention to advanced
topics; (2) development of the various views about the foundations of
mathematics in the light of (1 ); (3) study of the logical implications and
difficulties with (1) and (2) with reference to, e.g., the paradoxes, orders
of infinity, extensions of the number concept, the Godel and Skolem theorems.
109. T h e T heory o f V alues .
An examination of the major problems concerning values, as they arise in the
fields of philosophy, psychology, and anthropology. Literature representing the
influential positions will be discussed. The emphasis will be on theoretical issues,
especially the philosophical ones.
Not offered in 1959-60.
110. M edieval P hilosophy . Mr. Urban.
Philosophical thought from Augustine to the fifteenth century. Attention will
be paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology
and to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, Scotus and Ockham. Al
though the primary emphasis will be historical, attention will be paid to the
contemporary relevance of medieval thought.
111. T he I dea of G od in W estern T hought . Mr. Urban.
An examination will be made of writings which have contributed most to Western
concepts of God. The study will include Plato, Aristotle, the Bible, Athanasius,
Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Luther, Calvin, Kant, Schleiermacher, Rudolf Otto,
John Baillie and others.
Mr. Urban.
This seminar will concentrate on representative religious thinkers or schools of
thought in the present century. These will include Jacques Maritain, AngloCatholicism, Brunner, Liberalism, Reinhold Niebuhr, John Bennett, A. J. Muste,
Paul Tillich and W ill Heiberg.
112. M odern Religious P hilosophers .
120. T hesis.
A thesis may be suhmitted by majors in the department in place of one of the
seminars, upon application by the student and at the discretion of the Depart
ment.
131
Physical Education for Men
D ir e c t o r o f A t h l e t i c s a n d P h y s ic a l E d u c a t i o n
a t e P r o f e s s o r : W il l is J . S t e t s o n
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s :
A s s is t a n t s :
for
M
en and
A s s o c i
R o b e r t H. D u n n
L e w is H. E l v e r s o n
E d w in J . F a u l k n e r
A very F. B la k e
J am es C. M
G om er D
J a m e s J. M cA d oo
J a m e s H . M il l e r
a v ie s
J o h n B. H. D o n a l d s o n
H enry A. D rum m
H
enry
C . F ord
H
A
ayer
D . Si p l e r
Su n y
ow ard
rm en
Jam es W . L u k en s, Jr.
C o l l e g e P h y s ic ia n : D
r.
M
o r r is
A . B o w ie
The course in Men’s Physical Education is designed to acquaint each participant
with both team and individual sports. The value of team play is developed while
emphasis is also placed on the so-called "carry over” sports which one can enjoy
after graduation. Each individual, while benefiting from the physical exercise, also
becomes better acquainted with the fundamentals, rules, etc., of the various sports
and so is better able to enjoy these activities as a spectator.
The intercollegiate athletic program is a comprehensive one with varsity schedules
in eleven different sports. In many of these activities there are contests arranged
for junior varsity teams, thus providing ample opportunity for large numbers of men
to engage in intercollegate competition.
F a c u l t y R e q u ir e m e n t s
Physical education is required of all non-veteran freshmen and sophomores unless
excused by the College physician. During this two-year period, men students must
attend a minimum of three classes per week.
All men not excused for medical or other reasons are expected to fulfill this
requirement. A semester’s work failed in the first two years must be repeated in the
Junior year. No man with a deficiency in physical education will be permitted to enter
his Senior year.
Badminton
♦Cross Country
♦Football
F a l l A ctivities
Golf
♦Soccer
Swimming
Badminton
♦Basketball
Boxing
W in t e r A ctivities
Lacrosse
♦Swimming
Tennis
Track
Volley Ball
♦Wrestling
♦Baseball
♦Golf
Sp r in g A ctivities
♦Lacrosse
Softball
♦Tennis
♦Track
* Indicates intercollegiate competition.
132
Tennis
Touch Football
Physical Education for Women
A ssociate Professors: V irginia Rath , Chairman
I rene M oll
A ssistant Professor: Eleanor K. H ess
A ssistants: N adia Chilkovsky
Phoebe L ukens W elsh
College P hysician: D r. M orris A. Bowie
The aim of this Department is to contribute to the education of all women students
through the medium of physical activity. W e believe this contribution can best be
achieved through participation in a broad program of recreational, rhythmic and
developmental activities. The program provides: instruction and experience in sports
and dancing; swimming ability for all; corrective and developmental exercises. It
is our hope that the student will also acquire: appreciation of the dance as a fine
art; the meaning of good sportsmanship; added endurance; good posture; leadership
training; joy in outdoor exercise; and a program of interests and skills that will
carry over for the individual and her community after college.
Classes are kept small to insure individual attention, and students are grouped
according to ability. Ample opportunities are given for intramural and intercollegiate
competition, as well as for public performances and demonstrations.
Freshmen and sophomores take three periods of activity each week. These may
be elected from classes listed below with the stipulation that they take swimming
until a test is passed; take a rhythmic activity; take a team sport; take Body
Mechanics if the posture grade indicates a need for it.
Regulation costumes should be ordered before college opens. Blanks for this
purpose will be sent out from the Office of the Dean to all incoming students.
Sports
H ockey . Miss Hess.
Vail term
Class and Varsity.
Archery . Miss Rath.
Vail and spring
Class and Varsity.
T ennis . Miss Hess, Miss Rath, Mr. Faulkner, Miss Moll.
Vail, winter and spring
Class and Varsity.
G olf. Miss Moil.
Class and Varsity.
Vail and spring
Miss Rath, Miss Hess.
Vail, winter and spring
Beginner, intermediate and advanced classes in strokes and diving.
Class and Varsity.
Swim m ing .
Miss Moll, Miss Hess.
Class and Varsity.
IVinter
Basketball.
133
Badminton . Miss Hess, Miss Rath, Mr. Faulkner, Miss Moll.
Winter
Class and Varsity.
Soft Ball . Miss Moll.
, ',
Spring
Class and Varsity.
Lacrosse. Mrs. Lukens.
Spring
Class and Varsity.
Miss Moll, Miss Hess.
Class and Varsity.
Winter
V olley Ball .
M odern D ance . Mrs. Chilkovsky.
Fall, winder and spring
Class and Club.
F olk and Square D ancing . Miss Moll.
Fall and winter
Open to men students also.
Body M echanics . Miss Rath.
Winter
Required of all first-year students whose posture indicates a need for it.
F undamental M ovement . Miss Hess.
T umbling .
Winter
Miss Rath.
Winter
Red Cross Life Saving. Miss Rath and members of Instructor Training Board.
Winter and spring
Senior and Instructors’ courses.
134
Physics
P rofessors: W illiam C. Elmore, Chairman
M ilan W. G arrett
A ssistant P rofessors: I rving E. D ayton
M ark A. H eald
I nstructor : Robert N. E uwema
The physics department, through its introductory course in general physics, en
deavors to give an integrated account of basic physics. In this course, as well as
in the advanced work of the department, emphasis is placed on quantitative, ana
lytical reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition of facts and skills. The intro
ductory course makes no pretense of covering all material of interest to physicists,
but rather comprises a selection of topics which form a coherent group.
Advanced work in the department involves a more intensive study of topics covered
at the introductory level, and of many phases of modern physics which require a
considerable background in mathematics and electricity. In all courses and seminars
particular importance is attached to laboratory work, inasmuch as physics is primarily
an experimental science.
R equirements and R ecommendations
for M ajors and M inors
Students who intend to major in physics normally take Physics 1, 2 and Chemistry
1, 2 in the freshman year and Physics 11, 12 in the sophomore year. In addition
they should complete Mathematics 12 by die end of their sophomore year. In view
of graduate school requirements and of the extensive literature of physics in German
and Russian, it is strongly recommended that the student fulfill his language require
ment in one of these languages. A grade of C or better in Physics 1, 2 is normally
prerequisite for all further work in the department.
Honors students majoring in physics normally take the physics seminars in Optics
and Spectra, Electricity and Magnetism, and Modern Physics, and three seminars in
mathematics. An honors student who has been unable to schedule Physics 11, 12
should also plan to take the seminar in Classical Mechanics and Heat in his junior
year. Other seminars in the program may be chosen from astronomy, biology,
chemistry, electrical engineering, engineering sciences, experimental psychology, or
philosophy. Such a program is a particularly satisfactory way of preparing for graduate
or other professional work in physics or mathematics. However, it constitutes in itself
an effective educational program, since the aim throughout is to achieve an under
standing of fundamental ideas and concepts, as distinct from the mastery of informa
tion, skills, and techniques in a limited segment of science.
Course students majoring in physics normally complete the following courses in
their junior and senior years: Mathematics 51, 52; Electrical Engineering 53, 56;
Physics 101, 51; and at least one additional half course in astrophysics, physical
chemistry, or electrical engineering. This program provides a well-rounded study of
physics, and by requiring less intensive concentration than an honors program offers
the student the opportunity to extend his work outside the Division of the Natural
Sciences. It should also meet the needs of those who wish to teach science in sec
ondary school.
135
Secondary school students who are considering majoring in physics at Swarthmore
are strongly encouraged to complete four years of mathematics and a minimum of
two years of either German or Russian, or French if neither of these is available.
Course Statement
I, 2. G eneral Physics. Staff.
An introductory course in basic physics open to all students. No prerequisites
other than those for college entrance are assumed. This course or its equivalent
must precede any advanced courses or seminars in physics. It is required of most
science majors. Three lectures, a conference, and a laboratory period weekly.
Separate credit given for each semester’s work.
I I , 12. M echanics, H eat, and Sound . Mr. Heald and Mr. Euwema.
The material for this course is drawn from the fields of mechanics, elasticity,
wave motion, kinetic theory, thermodynamics, and statistical mechanics. Con
siderable emphasis is placed on laboratory work, both to illuminate and extend
the subject matter and to foster the student’s ability to work independently.
This course is required for physics majors and recommended for others desiring
a thorough grounding in this area of classical physics. Three lectures and
one laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 11, 12 taken concurrently.
Fall semester
An introduction to modern physics with emphasis on the basic concepts of
quantum mechanics, atomic and nuclear structure, and solid state physics. The
laboratory work is directed toward a study of basic principles rather than ap
plications.
Prerequisites: EE 53 or equivalent, and Mathematics 12. It is planned to offer
this course for the first time during the 1960-61 academic year.
51. A tomic and N uclear P hysics.
H onors Seminars
101. O ptics and Spectra . Mr. Dayton.
Spring semester
This seminar covers those aspects of physics directly connected with light, radia
tion, and atomic structure. Topics include geometrical optics, physical optics,
spectroscopy, spectral series, X-rays, and elementary quantum theory. In so
far as practicable, all theoretical conclusions are directly supported by laboratory
work.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 11, 12.
102. E lectricity and M agnetism . Mr. Garrett.
Fall semester
This seminar treats classical electrodynamics at an advanced undergraduate level.
It covers static and dynamic electricity, magnetism and electromagnetism, with
some electronics. The emphasis throughout is on fundamental analysis rather
than application. The laboratory includes measurements in direct and alternat
ing currents and in magnetism, together with some fundamental experiments in
electronics.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 101, 102.
Mr. Elmore.
Spring semester
The topics covered in this seminar include electromagnetic theory of radiation,
special relativity, quantum mechanics, atomic and nuclear structure and highenergy particle physics. The seminar discussions are accompanied by a full-day
laboratory period each week.
Prerequisite: Physics 11 or equivalent, and Physics 102.
136
103. M odern P hysics.
104. T heoretical P hysics. Mr. Euwema.
S p rin g sem ester
A study of topics selected from advanced dynamics, hydrodynamics, kinetic theory,
and statistical mechanics. Little duplication occurs of theoretical material covered
in the other seminars offered by the department. Not accompanied by laboratory.
Prerequisites: Physics 11, 12 or Physics 111, and Mathematics 101, 102.
111. C lassical M echanics and H eat . Mr. Elmore.
Pall semester
This seminar covers material drawn from the fields of classical mechanics, in
cluding Lagrange’s equations, wave motion and sound, kinetic theory, thermo
dynamics, and statistical mechanics. The laboratory experiments cover the same
general topics but are also designed to introduce the student to a variety of
important experimental techniques. A student may not receive credit for both
Physics 11, 12 and Physics 111, inasmuch as there is considerable overlap in
subject matter.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 11, 12.
137
Political Science
P rofessor: J. Roland P ennock ,
C h a irm a n
A ssociate Professor: K enneth N. W altz t
Assistant P rofessors: Charles E. G ilbert t
G ene D. O verstreet
D avid G. Smith
Instructors: J ames F. G uyot
G eorge A. M alley
Lecturer : Z ara Shakow Steiner
The aim of the Department of Political Science is to study, both in ideal and
in reality, the place of the state in society and to contribute to an understanding of
the purposes, organization, and operation of political institutions, domestic and
international. For the beginning student, the Department offers an introduction to
the nature of politics and to the problems of various political systems. For those
who become majors or for others who take additional work in political science, courses
are provided which will permit giving special attention to the areas of political
theory, comparative government, government in the United States, and international
political institutions.
R equirements
and
Recommendations
for
M ajors
Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department. Students who intend
to major in political science should, preferably, take Course 1-2 in the freshman year
and Course 11 in the sophomore year; however, Course 11 may be taken by sopho
mores concurrently with Course 2. Students who desire to concentrate on inter
national affairs without taking the full International Relations Program referred to
below may substitute Comparative Government (Political Science 15) or The Soviet
System (Political Science 19) or Asian Political Systems (Political Science 20) for
Course 11. Majors are also advised to take Economics 1-2. Courses in Statistics
(Economics 4) and in American history are recommended. Political Theory, either
in seminar or in course, is required of all majors; course majors should take Course 60.
P rogram
in
I nternational R elations
Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field of international relations
should include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses
in economics, history and political science and should complete the intermediate course
in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in
the programs of students who do their major work in economics, history, political
science, or a modem language.
Those students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their
Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this examt Absent on leave, 1959-60.
138
ination should take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed below,
including all of those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more
in Group III. The examination is administered by a committee appointed by the
chairmen of the Departments of Economics, History, and Political Science, under the
Chairmanship of the Department of Political Science.
G roup I
Political Science 12—International Politics
Political Science 13—International Law and Organization j
Political Science 57-58—American Foreign Policy
Economics 60—International Economics
G roup II
History
History
History
History
History
11—The Other American Republics
14—Russia
15—The Expansion of Europe
62—The Near and Middle East
64—The Far East
G roup III
Political
Political
Political
Political
Science
Science
Science
Science
15—Comparative Government
19—The Soviet System
20—Asian Political Systems
59—Modem Political Theory
Students who plan to enter the honors program will find it possible to select a
similar combination of courses and seminars in the field of international relations.
In planning such programs, they should consult with the chairmen of their pros
pective major departments.
C ourses
1-2. I ntroduction
to
P olitical Science . All members of the department.
Full course
The foundations of politics—historical, economic, psychological, sociological,
and ideological; nature and development of political institutions. Application
of the foundations as instanced by major types of government, including a more
detailed study of selected aspects of American national government. Political
Science 1-2 is open to all students and is prerequisite to all other courses offered
by the department. Credit is not given for a single semester of this course.
11. P roblems in Com m unity G overnment . Mr. Guyot.
Spring semester
Study of selected problems in community life and government, at both local and
state levels. Includes topics such as centralization and home rule; governmental
reorganization; corruption, bossism and reform; urban and rural planning and
development. Emphasis is placed on field work and original research, using
one of the nearby communities as a laboratory.
12. I nternational P olitics. Mr. Waltz.
Alternate years, jail semester
Approaches to the theory and practice of international politics such as those
developed by liberals, pacifists, behavioralists, and socialists will be examined in
some detail before considering the abiding and changing patterns of relations
among states and the various factors that affect them.
Not offered in 1959-60.
13. I nternational L aw
and
O rganization . Mr. Waltz.
Alternate years, spring semester
The development of international law and organization, including a study of the
major problems of international law and world government and of the structure,
accomplishments and limitations of general and regional organizations.
Not offered in 1959-60.
139
15. Comparative G overnment . . Mr. Smith.
Alternate years, jail semester
A critical study of selected political systems of Western and Eastern Europe. The
major countries studied include France, Germany, Italy, and the states of
Central and Eastern Europe. Major emphasis will be placed on comparative
politics and comparative public policy, as well as the relation of domestic politics
to problems of foreign policy and international cooperation.
19- T he Soviet System . Mr. Overstreet.
Spring semester
An analysis of the Soviet political system in relation to its theoretical and his
torical bases and its socio-economic setting. Topics included are the role of the
Party, the nature of governmental institutions and mass organizations, economic
structure and policy, selected problems of domestic and foreign policy, and a
comparative examination of other Communist political systems, notably that of
China.
20. A sian P olitical Systems. Mr. Overstreet.
Vail semester
A comparative study of the contemporary political systems of China, Japan, and
India. Introductory consideration is given to nationalism in Asia, with its
traditionalist, Marxist, and liberal democratic elements, while, in the concluding
section, attention is given to special features of political development in back
ward areas.
51. P ublic A dministration . Mr. Guyot.
Alternate years, fall semester
An anajysis of policy-making and administration in modern governments with
illustrative material drawn chiefly from the national government of the United
States and with particular reference to recent developments. Problems of admin
istrative organization, conduct of regulatory and managerial activities, financial
administration, personnel, public relations, administrative law, politics and ad
ministration.
Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement.
52. A merican Constitutional Law . Mr. Pennock.
Fall semester
The role of the Supreme Court in the American political system, viewed both
historically and through analysis of leading cases. Areas of Constitutional devel
opment emphasized are: the nature and exercise of judicial review; federalism
and the scope of national power; civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen. Sophomores carrying five courses will
be relieved of the term paper requirement.
53. A merican P arty P olitics. Mr. Gilbert.
Alternate years, fall semester
An historical and functional analysis of American political parties. The study of
interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and
representation, the legislative process.
Not offered in 1959-60.
54. H istory of P olitical T heory . Mr. Smith.
Fall semester
The development of thought on the nature of the state and of individual rights
and duties, based largely on readings of the chief political philosophers from
Plato to Rousseau. Topics studied include: Greek and Roman political thought;
medieval universalism and the divine right of kings; the Reformation and the
development of contractual theory; natural law and natural rights.
Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement, and to
sophomores planning to take the "Modem and Analytical” version of the
Political Theory honors seminar.
55. M arxism . Mr. Smith.
A study of Marxist political theory and philosophy. Primary emphasis is placed
on the works of Marx, Engels, Lenin, and Stalin. In addition, some attention
is devoted to the background of Marxist thought as well as to influential deriva
tives of Marxism other than Communism. Selected examples of contemporary
Marxist theory are also considered.
140
56. J urisprudence. Mr. Pennock.
A lte rn a te years, sp rin g sem ester
A study of the sources and nature of law; historical, sociological and philosophic
approaches to legal theory; the nature of the judicial process; key problems of
jurisprudence illustrated by case study in selected areas of American constitutional
law.
57-58. A merican Foreign P olicy. Mr. Malley.
Alternate years, full course
The problem of defining the objectives of American foreign policy and of select
ing the means for achieving them; past, present and suggested American strategies
in world politics; the influence of internal and external conditions on the
making of foreign policy; the effects of our policies in crucial parts of the
world.
59. M odern P olitical T heory . Mr. Smith.
Spring semester
Political theory from the Enlightenment to the present. Idealism and romantic
and conservative nationalism; anarchism, Marxism, and later socialist doctrines;
Utilitarianism and "revisionist” Liberalism; pragmatic and sociological theories
of politics; conservative critics of democracy and the political theories of au
thoritarianism and of fascism. Considerable time will be devoted to the analysis
of liberal, democratic, and totalitarian theories and to influential theories of
an ideological quality such as nationalism, Marxism, and fascism.
60. Special T opics in Political Science . Mr. Smith.
Spring semester
This course, conducted in seminar fashion, is designed for senior majors. By
means of papers and assigned readings it covers aspects of political science
not elsewhere intensively developed and helps the students to integrate materials
studied previously.
H o n o rs W
Prerequisite: Political Science 1-2.
tion for a degree with Honors:
ork
The following seminars prepare for examina
101. (a) and (b ). P olitical T heory . Mr. Pennock or Mr. Smith.
Each semester
The nature of the state, the bases of political obligation, sovereignty and the
nature of law, liberty, equality, rights, democracy, totalitarianism—all in the
light of the theories set forth by writers on these subjects from Plato to the
present. This seminar is given in two versions, one (101a) beginning with
Plato and proceeding chronologically, and the other (101b, designated "Modern
and Analytical” ) starting with Machiavelli and organized in more topical fashion.
It is desirable for students planning to take 101b to take Political Science 54
during their sophomore year.
102. P olitics and Legislation . Mr. Guyot.
Spring semester
The study of political parties, interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior,
electoral systems and representation, the legislative process. Emphasis is on
American politics, with some comparative material; and, ultimately, on politics
from the standpoint of theories of political democracy.
103. P roblems in G overnment and A dministration . Mr. Guyot.
Fall semester
A detailed study of the forms and functions of modern government, particularly
on the administrative side. Problems of administrative organization, policy
making and responsibility in the light of democratic political purposes and proc
esses and the legal, sociological and economic setting. Emphasis is on United
States experience, although relevant experience abroad is examined.
104. I nternational P olitics, Law , and O rganization . Mr. Malley. Fall semester
A comprehensive inquiry into the principles and problems of international
politics, international law, and international organization.
141
105. A merican Foreign P olicy. Mr. Malley and Mrs. Steiner.
Spring semester
A study of key problems faced by the United States in the modem world to
gether with a detailed, critical investigation of the making and implementing
of American foreign policy. The changing assumptions of our policy and the
political, economic and social influences upon it will be carefully considered.
106. P ublic Law and J urisprudence . Mr. Pennock.
Spring semester
Sources and nature of law; historical, sociological, philosophic, and "realistic”
approaches to law; key problems of jurisprudence illustrated by study of the
fields of federalism and civil liberties in American constitutional law.
107. T he Soviet System . Mr. Overstreet.
A study of political, social, and economic institutions in the Soviet Union in
relation to their theoretical and historical background; selected problems of
domestic and foreign policy; a comparative examination of other Communist
political systems, notably that of China.
108. Comparative G overnment . Mr. Smith.
Advanced study of comparative government; governmental structures and polit
ical processes largely as exemplified by selected governments of Western and
Eastern Europe; inquiries into common problems, such as planning, defense,
nationalization, and trans-national political movements.
120. T hesis. All members of the department.
Approval must be secured early in the student’s junior year.
142
Psychology and Education
Professors: H ans W allach, C h airm an
Solomon E. A sch t
W illiam C. H. P rentice
Joseph B. Shane
A ssociate P rofessor: H enry G leitman f
A ssistant Professors: G loria Carey Evans
P eter M adison
J acob N achmias
Lecturer : A lice K. Brodhead
The work of the Department of Psychology deals with the scientific study of human
behavior and experience: the basic processes of perception, learning, thinking and
motivation, and consideration of their relation to development of the individual per
sonality; and the social relations of the individual to other persons and to groups.
For those students planning for graduate and professional work in psychology the
courses and seminars of the department are designed to provide a sound basis of
understanding of psychological principles and a grasp of research method. Other
students learn the nature of psychological inquiry and the psychological approach to
various problems encountered in the humanities, the social sciences and the life
sciences.
R equirements
and
R ecommendations
Introductory Psychology is required of all students who wish to take other courses
in the department. Students who wish to take Honors seminars may offer Psychology 1
and one of the following courses: 11. Experimental Psychology, 12. Motivation, or
14. Learning and Thinking. Honors majors will be required to offer Psychology
11. When a student has taken Psychology 12 he cannot take Seminar 103 and the
same applies to Psychology 14 and Seminar 102. Students who wish to major in
course should take Psychology 1 and, in the sophomore year, another half course to
be chosen from Psychology 12, 14, 57 and 60. Psychology 11 is required of all courses
majors and should preferably be taken in the junior or senior year.
Courses in education— 11, 12, 14, 15 and 16 will not be credited toward a
major in psychology. Education alone may not be elected as a major subject, and not
more than two full courses in education will be accepted for credit toward the
bachelor's degree.
Swarthmore students may fulfill the Pennsylvania requirements for the certification
of secondary school teachers by taking:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Psychology 1—Introductory Psychology.
Education 11—Educational Psychology.
Education 14—Introduction to Teaching.
Education 12—Principles and Methods of Secondary Education.
X
Absent on leave, 1959-60.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1959-60.
143
5. Education 15—History of Education.
6. History 4, 5, 6 or 7—The United States (arrangements must be made for
special work in the History of Pennsylvania). Only one term is required.
7. A minimum of three full courses (or six half-courses) in the subject or field
in which the student expects to teach.
8. Education 16—Practice Teaching.
Swarthmore students may receive credit toward a Pennsylvania elementary school
certificate by taking:
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Psychology 1—Introductory Psychology.
Psychology 16—Child Psychology.
Education 11—Educational Psychology.
Education 14—Introduction to Teaching.
History 4, 5, 6 or 7—The United States (with special work in Pennsylvania
history). Only one term is required.
Psychology
1. I ntroductory Psychology. Mr. Gleitman.
Each semester
Three lectures plus weekly conference hour to be arranged. A survey of the
problems studied by psychologists and of the facts and theories of modem be
havior study. Chief emphasis is given to basic contributions in perception, learn
ing, thinking, and motivation.
11. Experimental P sychology. Mr. Wallach and Staff.
Each semester
Laboratory section one afternoon per week to be arranged. An introduction to
experimental thinking and laboratory techniques in psychology.
12. M otivation . Mr. Nachmias.
Spring semester
Emphasis is upon the role of dynamic factors (drives, needs, values) in the de
termination of behavior. Consideration is given to the measurement of motives,
the relationship between biological and psychological tension-systems, conflict,
frustration, success and failure, reward and punishment. Evaluation of the
theories of motivation of McDougall, Tolman, Lewin, Allport, Murray and
Freud. Term paper or design of an original experiment is required.
14. Learning and T hin king . Mr. Gleitman, Mr. Nachmias.
Spring semester
An advanced course in problems, facts, and theories about man’s creative thought,
problem-solving, and memory. Some use will also be made of animal evidence
and of current systematic approaches.
15. A nimal Experimentation . Mr. Gleitman.
Offered irregularly on request
Students desiring to exercise this option should consult with the Staff at least
one semester in advance.
55. Child Psychology. Mr. Madison.
Fall semester
The development of the child from birth through puberty, studied in terms
of basic psychological principles. Important theories and practices of childrearing are evaluated in the light of experimental and cross-cultural data. Topics
include the significance of infantile and childhood experience on subsequent per
sonality development, parent-child relationships, sibling rivalry, and the "be
havior problems” which typically occur during the socialization process. One
of the following is required: (1) acting as an assistant in a child-care center
for approximately 20 hours, (2) an intensive study of a single child.
56. Social P sychology. Mr. Asch, Mrs. Evans.
Fall semester
A study of some basic processes and products of interaction between persons
and groups and between groups. The following topics are covered: the forma
tion of the social field of the individual. Perception of persons as psychological
144
entities. Perception of groups. Formation of the self; social relations of the
self. Psychological forces supporting group-belonging. Functional consequences
of group membership. The psychological investigation of group processes.
Group requirements and group standards. Formation and change of attitudes.
57. Psychological T ests and M easurements. Mrs. Evans.
Alternate years
The concept of psychological measurements as applied to tests of intelligence,
personality, interests, and abilities. The course surveys a wide variety of con
temporary tests and studies intensively the characteristics and underlying assump
tions of one representative test of each major type. (Open to sophomores.)
58. P ersonality . Mr. Madison.
Fall semester
Intensive study of some of the main theories of personality examined in the light
of recent research. Extensive use of case material will be made.
59. Advanced P ersonality . Mr. Madison.
Spring semester
A consideration of further theories of personality and of research in the field
is combined with an intensive study of student personality as seen in the college
setting.
Prerequisite: Psychology 58.
60. P hysiological P sychology. Mr. Nachmias.
Fall semester
The physiological foundations of human and animal behavior, including sensory
function, metabolic and endocrine functions, the nervous systems, and response
mechanisms; the application of such facts to motives and appetites, to emotion,
to perceiving and to learning and thinking. (Open to sophomores.)
63—64. Systematic Seminar . The Staff.
Full course, spring semester
A double credit course requiring half the student’s time for a semester. This
seminar covers the major integrative theories or approaches to psychology, includ
ing structuralism, functionalism, behaviorism, Gestalttheorie, and psychoanalysis.
Majors students who so elect will take Course 63-64 in their senior year. The
course is open only to senior psychology majors except by special arrangement.
65. H istory o f P sychology. Mr. Gleitman.
Fall semester
This course is given as an alternative to 63-64. It is a lecture course open to
juniors and seniors. It covers the major integrative theories or approaches to
psychology, including structuralism, functionalism, behaviorism, Gestalttheorie,
and psychoanalysis.
The following courses are not to be counted toward a major in psychology and are
not included in the comprehensive examination; they are designed primarily^for stu
dents whose major work is in other departments.
41. T he Psychology of D ramatic Experience and P resentation . Mr. Gleitman.
The object of this course is to explore some possible contributions of scientific
psychology—in particular, the psychology of emotional expression—to an area
hitherto the domain only of intuitive artists. Topics of discussion will include
structural aspects of dramatic forms, the experience of the comic and the tragic,
psychological problems of timing and rhythm, theories of acting and direction,
and the like. The course will involve some laboratory work, testing relevant
hypotheses with standard experimental techniques. Permission of instructor is
necessary.
Prerequisite, Psychology 1. Some contact with drama either through the litera
ture or in practice is desirable.
Three hours lecture per week and 2 hours laboratory.
Not offered in 1959-60.
145
42. A pplied Social Psychology.
This course deals with communications within groups, leadership, attitudes and
propaganda, wage payment plans, consumer motivation and behavior, and the
structure of organizations. Attention will be given to the application of concepts
that have been drawn from the laboratory study of motivation, perception, and
learning.
Not offered 1959-60.
43. E motional
and
M otivational P rocesses. Mr. Hunt, Dr. Saul, Mr. Wallach.
Spring semester
The role of emotions and motives in the process of reaching maturity. In addi
tion to readings in the general literature, a number of case histories will be
studied. To increase the student’s insight into the difficulties and possibilities
of emotional growth.
Education
11. Educational P sychology. Mr. Shane.
Fall semester, alternate years
The application of psychological principles concerned with the processes of
thinking, learning and motivation to the problems of education.
Prerequisite: Course 1.
12. P rinciples and M ethods of Secondary Education . Mr. Shane.
Fall semester, alternate years
A study of the principles of secondary education, with emphasis upon aims
and organization. Visits to nearby schools are made.
14. I ntroduction to T eaching . Mrs. Brodhead.
Each semester
Current educational theory and practice. Weekly seminar plus three hours a
week assisting in a classroom in the local schools.
15. H istory of Education . Mrs. Brodhead.
Each semester
Educational thought in our western culture from the Greeks to the present day.
Weekly seminar.
16. P ractice T eaching . Mrs. Brodhead.
A limited number of students may complete the Pennsylvania requirement of
180 hours in the Swarthmore High School summer session under the direction
of their teaching staff. Students should enroll for this course at the January
registration. They must be recommended by the college department whose subject
they plan to teach.
H onors Seminars
101. P erception . Mr. Wallach, Mr. Prentice.
Reading and discussion combined with independent experimental projects. The
student is expected to know the basic facts about human perceptual mechanisms,
particularly visual ones, by the time he has completed this seminar. Specific
topics covered are: color vision, grouping and form, depth and distance, size,
movement, influences of learning and of needs and attitudes, general theory of
perception. When time permits, some attention is given to parallel problems
in other senses.
102. Learning and T hin k in g . Mr. Gleitman, Mr. Nachmias.
Deals with principles of adaptive behavior, the functions of memory and think
ing; the nature of understanding and problem-solving; the nature of intelligence.
146
103. M otivation . Mr. Prentice, Mr. Nachmias.
A systematic and experimental approach to the dynamics of behavior, based on
material drawn from the laboratory and the clinic, and covering the following
topics: instinctive behavior and biological drives; the relation of motivation and
learning; derived motivation; the relation of perception and motivation; frus
tration and its relation to aggression, regression; level of aspiration; success
and failure; substitution and sublimation; ego needs and the nature of the ego;
emotion and feeling; contemporary theories of motivation.
104. I ndividual in Society . Mr. Asch, Mrs. Evans.
The relationship between man and his society, approached from the points of
view of social psychology, sociology, and cultural anthropology; the study of
group-structures and the psychological consequences of group-membership; the
critique of available procedures for scientific treatment of group-behavior and
group-influences.
105. P ersonality . Mr. Madison, Mrs. Evans.
The personality concept, considered broadly as the individual's characteristic repre
sentation of and reaction to events of emotional significance in living. Principal
attention to the origin of contemporary thought on personality in Freud’s writings
and the relation of his concepts to general theory in psychology. Topics such as
the adjustive, motivational and cognitive aspects of personality, the nature of our
phenomenal experience of self and of personality, the concepts of unrecognized
and unconscious processes, personality types, the characteristics of good and poor
adjustment, and methods of personality study. Problems of the origin, persistence
and change of personality habits as these are understood in personality theory
on the one hand and in the psychology of learning and perception on the other.
Laboratory work in the study of problems in personality when conditions permit.
106. D evelopment . Mr. Prentice, Mr. Gleitman.
An investigation of the concepts of psychological growth, including sensori-motor
skill, intellectual and emotional functions, and personality. Readings in experi
mental and clinical literature; some direct observation and experimentation with
children.
120. T hesis . All members of the department.
May be presented as a substitute for one seminar, provided the student is doing
major work in psychology with four seminars, and provided some member of the
department is available to undertake the direction of the thesis.
M aster ’s D egree
A limited number of students may be accepted for graduate study toward the
Master’s degree in psychology. Students receiving the Bachelor’s degree from Swarthmore are not normally eligible for this work.
The program of work for the Master's degree requires the completion of four
seminars, or their equivalent. One of the seminars must be a research seminar
leading to a Thesis. The work of the seminars is judged by external examiners. The
requirements for the Master’s degree can normally be completed in one year.
147
Russian Studies
A grant from the Carnegie Corporation made possible the inauguration of a Russian
Studies program, in the fall of 1949, at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and Swarthmore
Colleges. While that grant has now expired, Swarthmore College continues to offer
courses in Russian language, history, and political and social institutions.
Courses in this group cannot themselves comprise a major subject. Courses in the
Russian language may be used to fulfill the college foreign language requirement.
Courses and seminars in Russian history and in Russian political and economic institu
tions may be counted toward a major or minor in the departments offering them.
(These courses are listed under their appropriate departments.)
R ussian Language
Full course
Designed to familiarize the beginner with the essentials of the spoken and written
language. Fundamentals of grammar and reading of easy literary prose.
1-2. E lementary Russian .
3,4. I ntermediate R ussian .
Reading of selections from Russian 19th century and contemporary prose and
poetry. Short Russian area study: geography, history, constitution.
Translations from Russian fiction and periodicals. Review of grammar.
Conversation. Reports. Composition.
Prerequisite: Russian 1-2 or its equivalent.
5, 6. A dvanced R ussian .
Readings in Russian classical literature: Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol, Tolstoy,
Turgenev, Dostoyevsky, Chekhov. Study of these writers’ biographies and their
political and social backgrounds. Intensive work in translation and composition.
Advanced conversation.
Prerequisite: Russian 3, 4 or its equivalent.
H istory
14. R ussia. Mr. Beik.
Fall semester
The history of modern Russia. The course begins with the reign of Peter and
gives half its time to the period since the Revolution.
117. Eastern E urope . Mr. Beik.
Honors seminar
The origins and consequences of the Russian Revolution and the development of
the Soviet zone in East Central Europe.
P olitical
and
Economic I nstitutions
19. T he Soviet System . Mr. Overstreet.
Spring semester
An analysis of the Soviet political system in relation to its theoretical and
historical bases and its socio-economic setting. Topics included are the role
of the Party, the nature of governmental institutions and mass organizations,
economic structure and policy, selected problems of domestic and foreign policy,
and a comparative examination of other Communist political systems, notably that
of China.
107. T he Soviet System . Mr. Overstreet.
Honors seminar
A study of political, social, and economic institutions in the Soviet Union in re
lation to their theoretical and historical background; Soviet foreign relations
and the international Communist movement.
148
Visiting Examiners—May 1959
BIOLOGY: P rofessor J o h n M. A nderson , Cornell University; D r . Ben t Boving,
Carnegie Institution of Washington; D r . J o h n C airns, J r., Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia; P rofessor Ariel G. Loewy , Haverford College; P ro
fessor D aniel J. O ’K ane , University of Pennsylvania; P rofessor Carl P.
Swanson , Johns Hopkins University.
CHEMISTRY: Professor H arold C. Beachell , University of Delaware; Professor
P h ilip S. Skell , Pennsylvania State University; Professor Russell R. W il
liams, Haverford College.
CLASSICS: Professor Charles L. Babcock, University of Pennsylvania; Professor
D onald W . P rakken , Franklin and Marshall College.
ECONOMICS: P rofessor Arthur R. Burns , Columbia University; P rofessor
Paul F. G emmill , University of Pennsylvania; P rofessor Charles P. K indle berger, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Professor Franco M odigliani,
Carnegie Institute of Technology.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING: P rofessor H oward E. T ompkins , University of
Pennsylvania.
ENGLISH LITERATURE: P rofessor M arvin Felheim , University of Michigan;
P rofessor V ictor Lange , Princeton University; Professor M onroe K. Spears,
University of the South; P rofessor D enham Sutcliffe , Kenyon College;
P rofessor D orothy V an G h e n t , Brandeis University.
FINE ARTS: P rofessor Evelyn B. H arrison, Columbia University; Professor
Linco ln F. J ohnson , J r ., Goucher College; P rofessor E leanor P. Spencer ,
Goucher College.
HISTORY: P rofessor Robert F. Byrnes, Indiana University; P rofessor G eorge
B. Cooper , Trinity College; Professor A rthur P. D udden , Bryn Mawr Col
lege; P rofessor H arold T. P arker, Duke University.
MATHEMATICS: P rofessor Bernard E pstein , University of Pennsylvania; Pro
fessor O ystein O re , Yale University.
MODERN LANGUAGES—FRENCH: Professor D onald Frame , Columbia Uni
versity; Professor Edward D. Sullivan , Princeton University.
GERMAN: P rofessor Adolf D. K larmann , University of Pennsylvania.
PHILOSOPHY AN D RELIGION: P rofessor Steph en F. Barker, Harvard Uni
versity; Professor W illiam A. Christian , Yale University; P rofessor P aul
D esjardins , Haverford College; P rofessor N icholas Rescher, Lehigh Uni
versity; Professor C. L. Stevenson , University of Michigan.
PHYSICS: P rofessor Frank C. Shoemaker , Princeton University.
POLITICAL SCIENCE: D r . Frederic S. Burin , Department of State, Washington,
D. C.; P rofessor W illiam T. R. Fox, Institute of War and Peace Studies,
Columbia University; P rofessor Samuel H endel , The City College of New
York; D r . Fritz M orstein M arx, Bureau of the Budget, Washington, D. C.
PSYCHOLOGY: P rofessor D onald R. Brow n , Bryn Mawr College; P rofessor
Richard S. Crutchfield , Institute for Advanced Study; D r . E leanor J. G ib
son , Institute for Advanced Study; D r . J ames J. G ibson , Institute for Advanced
Study; P rofessor Richard L. Solom on , Harvard University.
150
Degrees Conferred
June 8,1959
B a c h elo r
of
A rts
In the Division of the Humanities
E linor Lee K aas (Fine A rts)
Edward Louis K eenan , «3rd (Relig
An n Carol Abramson (History)
Susan Barker (History)
M offett Armstrong B eall (English
Literature)
E ugenia E lizabeth Beam (Philoso
phy)
Leanne Beukelman (Religion)
A llan B. Brown (History)
R uth An n e Ca h n (French)
Sarah J ane Campbell (History)
Caroline C arlson (Fine Arts)
Catherine Condostanos (English Lit
ion)
Starr K oester (English Literature)
Ellen Krug (History)
A n n a D orothea Laverman (Psychol
ogy)
T rudy Ruth Low enheim (History)
Lenore M acG affey (English Litera
ture)
J ean W eir M a n n in e n (History)
M arilyn J anet M athews (Fine Arts)
G eorgia A n n M athieson (English Lit
erature)
erature)
G randin R. Conover (English Litera
M arjorie An n M cCutchan (English
Literature)
M arnie Sabina M iller (English Liter
ature)
J ean M cD ougall M oore (Psychol
ogy)
M ary Louise M orse (Greek)
T heodor H olm N elson (Philosophy)
«G uillermo A ntonio N igaglioni
(Spanish)
A n n e W atts P arker (English Litera
ture)
J effrey Richard D avidson (French)
C harles G ates D empsey (Fine Arts)
Sylvia Bunce D uvall (History)
M argaret H elen E migh (Psychology)
A n n F erguson (Philosophy)
J ames Stuart F orrester, 3rd (Eng
lish Literature)
Andrew L ewis Frey (H istory)
A lison Bartlett G ifford (French)
Steven N eil G ilborn (English Litera
ture)
ture)
Barbara E laine G illies (English Lit
erature)
R u t h G ilm an (English Literature)
M urray Bart Crane G oldman (Phi
losophy)
A n n Compter G oslin (History)
J udith G race (History)
N icole M arianne H ackel (Psychol
ogy)
Barbara An n e H addad (English Lit
Franklin J o h n P h ilip (Psychology)
M ichael P ennock P redmore (Span
ish)
«Steph en E lmore P rice (English Lit
erature)
V irginia K night Reeves (English Lit
erature)
R oberta Eileen H alden (Psychology)
J udith H enderson (History)
Barbara J oy H ill (Philosophy)
Lois J ean H ood (English Literature)
Libby S. H ummer (English Literature)
Richard A. J ohnson (English Litera
erature)
M iriam J ulia Repp (English Literature)
M ary A n n Ritz (History)
M aurianne Schifreen (History)
E lena Scott (English Literature)
T imothy A mes Sho pen (Greek)
P enelope P ayson Sim k in (English Lit
erature)
Frank R ea Sloan , 3rd (Fine Arts)
G eorgia R uth Sommers (English Lit
erature)
ture) *
* As of the Class of 1938.
151
Laurence H ull Stookey (English Lit
erature)
J an et Catherine T aylor (Philoso
phy)
Shaw na V elya T ropp (English Litera
ture)
M argery K ay W agener (English Lit
erature)
«
Candace Q uinby W att (English Lit
erature)
E linor Eastman W eeks (History)
Carol H ambleton W ills (English
Literature)
Susan Abigail Y oder (Fine Arts)
Eve Z arin (English Literature)
In the Division of the Social Sciences
J o h n Evi A dams (Psychology)
St e p h e n Browning A gard (Econom
ics)
R udolf Stef An A m ann (Economics)
Carol J oyce A nderson (Psychology)
J udith A ndrews (Economics)
J oseph P edrick Baker (Political Sci
ence)
M itchell Palmer Lichtenberg (His
tory)
H illel Samuel Liebert (Economics)
E llen Campbell Logan (History)
M arcia Lou M cCoy (Political Science)
M artha M cK ean (Psychology)
Charles A llen M iller (Political Sci-
1 enee)
W infred Parker B uckwalter , 3rd
(P sychology)
L. D avid Cole (History)
J o h n Boville Collins (Political Sci
ence)
P eter Collins (Political Science)
P ortia Cornell (Political Science)
Carol Ly n n Crandell (Political Sci
ence)
Richard Be n ja m in D arlington (Eco
nomics)
Constance H olden D avis (Political
Science)
J o h n W hylen D e P auw (Political Sci
ence)
Sara Frances D ustin (Political Sci
M ary M ontgomery (Psychology)
Caroline P ippin (Political Science)
W illiam P oole , J r . (Economics)
Sergei R etivov (Political Science)
M ary Stephanie Reynolds (Psychol
ogy)
M ark Edwin Robart (Economics)
W illiam T almadge Salisbury (Polit
ical Science)
Corinne A n n Seither (History)
Edward Cornell Stainton (History)
W illiam H. Stauffer (Economics)
Beth Erhart Stevens (Political Sci
ence)
T homas H. Stevenson (Political Sci
ence)
ence)
E lizabeth A n n Eames (History)
M arianne Edel (Political Science)
Sarah Patricia Freedman (Econom
ics)
Fred Stollnitz (Psychology)
P eter T em in (Economics)
Samuel Lothrop T horndike ,
J r.
(Economics)
Lewis Rumsey G aty, 2nd (Economics)
J o h n Edward G illmor (History)
A n n e Seguenot G rimes (Psychology)
P aul N ewman G uthrie , J r . (History)
Paul J ulian H are (Political Science)
M ichael Craig H udson (Political Sci
ence)
Lennoe W illiams H u ffm an (H isto
ry)
E lizabeth K arpati (Political Science)
152
Linda G ray W alton (Political Sci
ence)
J ean Lawrence W ellman (Econom
ics)
M onique F. W eston
(Political Sci
ence)
Constance M aralyn W ilson (Histo
ry)
Barbara Lamar Z immerman (Psychol
ogy)
In the Division of Mathematics and the Natural Sciences
M argaret P ennington Lee (Psychol
ogy)
V ictor W erner Ludewig (Chemistry)
M ichael R eeves Lusignan (Chem
istry)
M argot Singleton M ears (Biology)
M arie Luqueer M iller (Chemistry)
Ralph Stanley N ash (Physics)
A ndrew W ilkinson N ichols (Psy
P bter T homas A tkinson (Biology)
Robert Lewis Baker (Botany)
Paul D avid Berk (Chemistry)
J o h n Strickland Boyer (Biology)
Stephan R obert Cavior (Mathe
matics)
J ames P earson Clarke (Zoology)
D ennis G ene Cole (Zoology)
D orothy Cook (Mathematics)
Robert M. C otton (Physics)
Stephanie M oss D ay (Biology)
E lizabeth J oan D eutsch (Zoology)
E lizabeth J anney E lliott (Chem
istry)
Richard Lane Emerson , J r . (Psychol
ogy)
Richard I ngram Feinberg (Zoology)
Abigail First (Psychology)
D eborah G oodyear (Mathematics)
W illiam H oward H ague (Psychol
ogy)
M arion Catherine H ale (Chemistry)
Charles Samuel H arris (Psychology)
J. Scott H ildum (Physics)
J ean E lizabeth I nglis (Zoology)
D avid M yron Kan ef (Psychology)
D avid J o h n K lingener (Zoology)
H arriet Latham (Biology)*
chology)
Lucy W oodworth P eirce (Biology)
N athan J. Price (Zoology)
J o h n A lan Robbins (Physics)
J effrey Schlanger (Zoology)
Sarah V irginia Shaw (Mathematics)
D avid Ben Shear (Biology)
Robert T odd Simpson (Chemistry)
A ndrew K. Snyder (Mathematics)
M ichael I vor Sobel (Mathematics)
Adrienne Steinacker (Chemistry)
Lloyd D udley T arlin , J r . (Zoology)
♦Frank B. T hiess (Mathematics)
J anet T ollman (Biology)
P aul K onrad T rachtman (Zoology)
G eorge Roan W ard, J r . (Zoology)
J udith W egman (Chemistry)
J osephine Lea W eissman (Psychol
ogy)
K arl Lewis Z in n (Psychology)
* As of the Class of 1956.
153
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
In the Division of Engineering
T homas R. Corwin
T homas Cobb Lowe
(Electrical Engineering)
(Electrical Engineering)
Eric P aul Erlanson
A lfred Steph en P eiker
(Mechanical Engineering)
(Electrical Engineering)
** Susan Creasey G ertler
Samuel D avid P reston
(Mechanical Engineering)
(Mechanical Engineering)
Seth G ibson
O fei Saakwa-M ante
(Mechanical Engineering)
(Civil Engineering)
J o h n W illiam H offman
W illiam W alton W alls, J r .
(Electrical Engineering)
(Mechanical Engineering)
MASTER OF ARTS
J ames Standish Carter (Philosophy)
V irgil V incent M cK enna (Psychology)
DOCTOR OF LAWS
G aylord P. H arnwell
D evereux C. J osephs
H enry A llen M oe
DOCTOR OF LETTERS
R obert P en n W arren
DOCTOR OF SCIENCE
W olfgang K ohler
** As of the Class of 1958.
154
Awards and Distinctions
June 8, 1959
H o n o rs A w arded
by t h e
V isitin g E x a m in ers
HONORS:
Ann Carol Abramson, John Evi Adams, Stephen Browning Agard, Judith Andrews,
Moffett Armstrong Beall, Peter Collins, Charles Gates Dempsey, Ann Ferguson,
Sarah Patricia Freedman, Barbara Elaine Gillies, Nicole Marianne Hackel, Bar
bara Anne Haddad, Charles Samuel Harris, J. Scott Hildum, Michael Craig Hud
son, Jean Elizabeth Inglis, Hillel Samuel Liebert, Marjorie Ann McCutchan,
Andrew Wilkinson Nichols, Franklin John Philip, John Alan Robbins, Elena
Scott, Georgia Ruth Sommers, Margery Kay Wagener, Carol Hambleton Wills.
HIGH HONORS:
Susan Barker, Paul David Berk, L. David Cole, Richard Benjamin Darlington,
Jeffrey Richard Davidson, Elizabeth Joan Deutsch, Andrew Lewis Frey, Steven
Neil Gilborn, Ruth Gilman, Judith Grace, Paul Julian Hare, Richard A. Johnson,
David Myron Kanef, Elizabeth Karpati, Starr Koester, Lenore MacGaffey, Georgia
Ann Mathieson, Jean McDougall Moore, Mary Louise Morse, William Poole, Jr.,
Maurianne Schifreen, Robert Todd Simpson, Michael Ivor Sobel, Fred Stollnitz,
Janet Catherine Taylor, Janet Tollman, Monique F. Weston.
HIGHEST HONORS:
Charles Allen Miller, Peter Temin, Shawna Velya Tropp.
D is t in c t io n
in
C ou rse A warded
by t h e
F a c u lty
Sarah Jane Campbell, Libby S. Hummer, Trudy Ruth Lowenheim, Jean Weir
Manninen, Michael Pennock Predmore.
E le c t io n s
to
H o n o ra ry Societies
PHI BETA KAPPA:
Paul David Berk, Richard B. Darlington, Elizabeth Joan Deutsch, Andrew Lewis
Frey, Steven Neil Gilborn, Ruth Gilman, Charles Samuel Harris, Libby S. Hum
mer, Richard A. Johnson, David Myron Kanef, Elizabeth Karpati, Trudy Ruth
Lowenheim, Jean Weir Manninen, Charles Allen Miller, Jean McDougall Moore,
William Poole, Jr., Michael Pennock Predmore, John Alan Robbins, Robert Todd
Simpson, Michael Ivor Sobel, Fred Stollnitz, Peter Temin, Janet Tollman,
Shawna Velya Tropp, Monique F. Weston.
SIGMA XI:
Paul David Berk, David Myron Kanef, Michael Ivor Sobel, Elizabeth Joan
Deutsch, Charles Samuel Harris, John Alan Robbins, Robert Todd Simpson, Janet
Tollman.
SIGMA TAU:
Seth Gibson, John William Hoffman, Thomas Cobb Lowe.
155
SW ARTHM ORE CO LLEG E F EL LO W SH IP AWARDS
The
The
The
The
The
Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship to Eve Z arin .
Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to Constance M aralyn W ilson .
John Lockwood Memorial Fellowship to A nn a D orothea Laverman .
Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Starr K oester.
Phi Beta Kappa Fellowship to E lizabeth K arpati.
Specia l A wards *
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
Ivy Medal to Paul D avid Berk and Charles Samuel H arris.
Oak Leaf Medal to J anet T ollman .
McCabe Engineering Award to J o h n W illiam H o ffm an .
John W . Nason Award to Lucius Shero , Caroline Shero , and Frances Shero .
Crane Prize to O livia Connery and G ilbert H arman .
Katherine B. Sicard Prize to H elen R. Fifield .
William Plummer Potter Public Speaking Fund Awards:
The Potter Poetry Reading Contest: first prize, Sheldon Frank and Steven
G ilborn ; second prize, R ebecca Adams and T heodor H. N elson .
The Potter Public Speaking Prize: D avid V. Edwards.
The Potter One-Act Play Contest: first prize, P aul T rachtman ; Second
prize, J oan M o ffit t ; third prize, Robert K ramer .
The Ella Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking Award to Ronald K atz .
The Owen Moon Award to T heodor H. N elson .
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes: first prize, Sarah D ustin ; second prize,
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
Esther G laser and P aul T rachtman .
Lois Morrell Poetry Award to G randin Conover .
A. Edward Newton Library Prize to D avid J. K lingener .
Phi Beta Kappa Prize to Robert T. M oore .
Scott Award to W alter M. D ickey .
Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to Robert W . M ayberry.
Radio Corporation of America Scholarship to Robert T. M oore.
Westinghouse Achievement Award to Charles C. T appert .
* A description of each of these awards can be found in another section of the catalogue.
156
Enrollment of Students by Classes, 1958-59
Seniors ...........................
Juniors ...........................
Sophomores ..................
Freshmen ......................
Men
85
107
126
157
Women
96
99
119
118
Total
181
206
245
275
Special Students............
Graduate Students . . . .
475
3
2
432
8
0
907
11
2
Totals ................
480
440
920
Geographical Distribution, 1958-59
New York .........................................
Pennsylvania.......................................
New je rse y .........................................
Massachusetts.....................................
Illinois ...............................................
Maryland ...........................................
Connecticut.........................................
California ...........................................
Delaware ...........................................
Ohio ...................................................
District of Colum bia.........................
Virginia .............................................
Florida ...............................................
Michigan ...........................................
North Carolina .................................
Missouri .............................................
In d ia n a ...............................................
Iowa ..........................
Maine ..........................................
Minnesota .........................................
W isconsin...........................................
Colorado...........................................'.
Kentucky.............................................
Nebraska ...........................................
New Hampshire ...............................
Rhode Island .....................................
Louisiana ...........................................
Texas .................................................
Alabama .............................................
Tennessee ...........................................
V erm ont.............................................
West V irg in ia ...................................
Georgia .............................................
Hawaii ...............................................
196
194
86
47
43
43
34
24
24
23
19
18
14
14
10
9
8
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
Montana .............................................
Oregon ........................
A rizona.................... -....,..................
New Mexico .....................................
North Dakota ...................................
O klahom a...........................................
South C arolina...................................
South D ak o ta.....................................
Utah ........................................
Washington .......................................
Wyoming ..............................
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Total U. S................................ 892
Canada ................
Japan ..................
Austria ................
France ..................
G erm any..............
G h a n a ............ ..
Great Britain . . . .
Hong Kong, B.C.C.
Cuba ...................................................
1
Egypt ..............................
1
Ethiopia .............................................
1
G reece.................................................
1
Jo rd an .................................................
1
Korea .................................................
1
Netherlands .......................................
1
N ig e ria ...............................................
1
Peru ...................................................
1
Philippines ......................................
1
Total from ab ro ad ................. 28
Grand T o ta l....................................... 920
157
Selected Publications About Swarthmore College
A ydelottb, Frank , Breaking the Academic Lockstep; the Development of Honors
Work in American Colleges and Universities, N. Y., Harper, 1944.
183 p.
Carter, Boyd G., Swarthmore under Frank Aydelotte. Association of American Col
leges Bulletin, v. 28, p. 316-19. May 1942.
G ager, Charles S., Theatres, Gardens and Horticulture.
June 26, 1942.
Science, v. 95, p. 635-39.
K n a pp , Robert H. and G oodrich, H. B., Origins of American Scientists.
versity of Chicago Press, 1952.
The Uni
K n a pp , Robert H., and G reenbaum , J oseph J., The Younger American Scholar,
His Collegiate Origins. The University of Chicago Press, 1953.
N ason , J o h n W ., Cooperation between Haverford, Bryn Mawr and Swarthmore.
Haverford Review, v. 1, p. 4-7. Autumn 1941.
N icholson , Arnold W., People’s Garden. Saturday Evening Post. v. 217, p. 26-27.
April 14, 1945.
P ennock , J. Roland , The Swarthmore Honors System.
tion.
v. 24.
p. 57-64, February 1953.
Journal of Higher Educa
Shaw , Charles B., Library Cooperation between Bryn Mawr, Haverford and Swarth
more. Haverford Review, v. 1, p. 24-26. Summer 1942.
Swarthmore College , The Inauguration of Courtney Craig Smith as President of
Swarthmore College, October 17, 1953* In bulletin of Swarthmore College v.
51, no. 3, November 1953.
Swarthmore College, Tailored to the Individual.
Business Week.
June 8, 1957.
p. 128-44.
Swarthmore College F aculty , Adventure in Education: Swarthmore College under
Frank Aydelotte. N. Y. Macmillan, 1941. 236 p.
W alton , J ean B., Recent Changes in Group Activities Program at Swarthmore
College. Journal of the National Association of Deans of Women,
164-65. June 1943.
v. 6, p.
W ister, J o h n C.
The Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation: a Ten Year
History: January 1, 1930 to December 31, 1939. In Bulletin of Swarthmore Col
lege. v. 37, no. 5. Sixth Month 1940. 89 p.
Y oder, Robert M., Station-Wagon College.
p. 40. October 8, 1949.
158
Saturday Evening Post. v. 222, no. 15,
Index
Absence from classes and Collection, 62
Absence from Examinations, 63
Academic Requirements, Committee on,
21, 63
Addams, Jane, Peace Collection (See
Swarthmore College Peace Collection)
Administrative Officers, 22-24
Admissions P rocedure, 30-32
Application Dates, 31
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 31-32
School Subjects Recommended, 31
Advanced Degrees, 64-65
Advanced Standing, 32
Advisers, 49, 55-57
Alumnae Scholarship, 37
Alumni Association, Officers of, 11
Alumni Council, 11
Alumni Office, 24, 49
Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Founda
tion, 45
Astronomical Observatories, 43, 70
Astronomy, Courses in, 70-71
Athletic Fields, see Map, 164
Atkinson (Barclay G.) Scholarship, 41
Atkinson (Rebecca M.) Scholarship, 41
Attendance at Classes and Collection, 62
Automobiles, Regulations concerning, 50
Awards and Prizes, 66-67, 155-156
Bachelor of Arts Degree, 64
Bachelor of Science Degree, 64
Baker, (George F.) Scholarships, 35
Benjamin West House, 46, 164
Benjamin West Lecture, 46
Bibliography of Swarthmore, 158
Biddle Memorial Library, 43
Biology, Courses in, 72-77
Board of Managers, Committees of, 9, 10
Board of Managers, Members of 8, 9
Botany, Courses in, 72-74
Bower (Edward S.) Memorial Scholar
ship, 39
Buildings, see Map, 164-165
Activities and Class Lodges
Astronomical Observatories
Bartol Research Foundation
Bassett House
Beardsley Hall
Benjamin West House
Biddle Memorial Library
Bond Memorial
Chemistry, Hall of
Faculty Residences
Field House
Hall Gymnasium
Hicks Hall
Isaac H. Clothier Memorial
Library Building
Martin (Edward) Biological Labor
atory
Meeting House
Palmer Hall
Pierre S. duPont Science Building
Pittenger Hall
Parrish Hall
Roberts Hall
Scott (Arthur Hoyt) Outdoor Audi
torium
Somerville Hall
Sproul Observatory
Students’ Observatory
Swimming Pool
Thomas House
Trotter Hall
Wharton Hall
Willets Hall
Worth Hall
Bunting (Ella Frances) Extemporaneous
Speaking Contest, 67
Calendar, College, 5-6
Chemistry, Courses in, 78-81
Chi Omega Scholarhsip, 40
Churches, 47
Class of 1913 Loan Fund, 41
Class of 1915 Scholarship Fund, 39
Class of 1916 Loan Fund, 41
Class of 1930 Scholarship, 39
Class of 1931 Scholarship Fund, 39
Classics, Courses in, 82-85
Cole (Sarah Antrim) Scholarship, 40
Collection Attendance, Regulation con
cerning, 48, 62
College Community, 27, 50
College Entrance Examinations, 30-32
College Jobs, 34
Committees of the Board of Managers,
9, 10
Committees of the Faculty, 21
Comprehensive Examinations, 55, 57
Cooper (Sarah Kaighn) Scholarship, 36
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 44-45
Index
Cooperation with Neighboring Institu
tions, 26, 148
Corporation, Officers of, 8
Course Advisers, 49, 55-57
Courses of I nstruction , 69-148
Astronomy, 70-71
Biology, 72-77
Chemistry, 78-81
Classics, 82-85
Economics, 86-88
Engineering, 89-101
Civil, 93-95
Electrical, 96-99
Mechanical, 100-101
English Literature, 102-105
Fine Arts, 106-108
History, 109-112
International Relations, 113, 138
Mathematics, 114-116
Modern Languages, 117-123
Music, 124-126
Philosophy and Religion, 127-131
Physical Education for Men, 132
Physical Education for Women, 133134
Physics, 135-137
Political Science, 138-142
Psychology and Education, 143-147
Russian Studies, 148
Crane Prize, 66
Cutting (Bronson M.) Collection, 46
Decker (Kathleen H. and Martin M.)
Foundation Scholarship, 38
D egrees, 64-65
Advanced Engineering
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Science
Master of Arts
Master of Science
Degrees Conferred, 151-154
Delta Gamma Scholarship, 40
Dining Rooms, 47
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for Reaching the College, 26
Distinction in course, 58
Divisions and Departments, 20
Dormitories, 47
Dorsey (William) Scholarship, 41
Economics, Courses in, 86-88
Education, Courses in, 143, 146
Education, Physical, 132-134
Educational Program, 27, 54-61
Ellsler (George) Scholarship, 41
Emeritus Professors, 13
Engineering, Courses in, 89-101
Engineering, Degrees in, 54, 64-65, 89
English Literature, Courses in, 102-105
Entrance Requirements, 30-32
Examination Regulations, 63
Examinations, College Board, 31-32
Exclusion from College, 64
Expenses, 33
Extra or Fewer Courses, 63
Extra-Curricular Activities, 51
Faculty Members of, 13-19
Faculty Regulations, 50, 62-64
Fees (Tuition, Residence, etc.), 33, 65
Fellowships, 67-68
Ferguson (Donald Renwick), Scholarship,
37
Fine Arts, Courses in, 106-108
Foreign Language Requirements, 56, 57
Foreign Students, 157
Foreign Study, 61
Fraternities, 52
French, Courses in, 118-119
Friends Historical Library, 23, 43
Friends Meeting, 47
Geographical Distribution of Students,
157
German Language and Literature, Courses
in, 120-122
Gillingham (Joseph E.) Fund, 41
Grades, 62
Graduation, Requirements for, 64
Grants-in-aid, 34
Greek Language and Literature, Courses
in, 82-85
Hayes (John Russell), Poetry Prizes, 67
Health, Care of Student, 47-48
Hillborn (Rachel W .) Scholarship, 40
History, Courses in, 109-112
Honors, Reading for, 58-60
Examiners, 60, 150
Housing, 27, 47
Infirmaries, 48
Insurance, Accident and Sickness, 34, 48
International Relations, Courses in, 113,
138
160
Index
Ivins (Aaron B.) Scholarship, 36
Ivy Award, 66, 156
Nason (John W .) Award, 66
Newton (A. Edward) Library Prize, 66
Johnson (George K. and Sallie K.) Fund,
37
Johnson (Howard Cooper) Scholarship,
36
Oak Leaf Award, 66, 156
Observatories, Astronomical, 43, 70
Open Scholarships for Men, 35
Open Scholarships for Women, 37
Kappa Alpha Theta Scholarship Fund, 38
Kappa Kappa Gamma Scholarship, 41
Kovalenko (Jessie Stevenson) Scholarship,
38
Paiste (Harriet) Fund, 38
Pearson (Paul M.) Loan Fund, 42
Perkins (T. H. Dudley) Memorial
Scholarship, 36
Phi Beta Kappa Fellowship, 68
Phi Beta Kappa Prize, 66
Philosophy, Courses in, 127-131
Physical Education for Men, 132
Physical Education for Women, 133-134
Physical Education Requirements, 63, 132134
Physics, Courses in, 135-137
Plan of College Grounds, 164-165
Political Science, Courses in, 138-142
Pool (Anthony Beekman) Scholarship, 37
Potter Collection of Recorded Literature,
46
Potter (Wm. Plummer) Public Speaking
Fund, 67, 156
Pre-Medical Program, 60-61
Preston (Mary Coates) Scholarship, 38
Prizes, 66-67, 156
Program of Study, 54-61
For Freshmen and Sophomores, 55-57
For Juniors and Seniors, 57-60
Honors Work, 58-60
Pre-Medical Program, 60-61
Psychology, Courses in, 143-147
Public Speaking Prizes, 66-67, 156
Lafore Scholarship, 40
Latin Language and Literature, Courses
in, 82-85
Lawrence (E. Hibberd) Scholarship, 39
Leedom (Hannah A.) Fellowship, 67
Leedom (Thomas L.) Scholarship, 41
Libraries, 23, 43-44
Biddle Memorial, 43
College, 43
Friends Historical, 43-44
Lilly (Scott B.) Scholarship, 35
Lippincott (Joshua) Fellowship, 68
Lippincott (Sarah E.) Scholarship, 41
Loans to Students, 41
Location of the College, 26
Lockwood (John) Memorial Fellowship,
68
Longstreth (Mary T.) Scholarship, 38
Lucretia Mott Fellowship, 68
Managers, Board of, 8, 9
Map of College Grounds, 164-165
Marshall (Clara B.) Scholarship, 37
Martin Biological Laboratory, 43
Mathematics, Courses in, 114-116
McCabe Engineering Award, 66, 156
McCabe (Thomas B.) Scholarship, 35
Meeting House, 47, 164
Men’s Student Government, 51
Mertz (Peter) Scholarship, 37
Midwest Scholarships, 38
Miller, Flounders Scholarship, 36
Miller (James E.) Scholarship, 40
Miller (John A.) Loan Fund, 42
Moon (Owen) Fund for Public Speaking,
67
Morrell (Lois) Poetry Award, 67
Mott (Lucretia) Fellowship, 68
Music, Courses in, 124-126
RCA Scholarship, 39
Reeves (Mark E.) Scholarship, 41
Religion, Courses in, 127-131
Religious Life, 47-48
Requirements for Admission, 30-32
Requirements for Graduation, 64
Residence, Regulations concerning, 47, 64
Russian Studies, Courses in, 148
Scholarships, List of, 34-41
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 31-32
Scott (Arthur Hoyt) Horticulture Foun
dation, 45-46
Scott Award, 35, 156
Index
Serrill (William G. and Mary N .) Schol
arship, 36
Sharpies (Philip T.) Scholarship, 36
Shoemaker (Annie) Scholarship, 37
Sicard (Katherine B.) Prize, 67, 156
Sigma Xi Fellowship, 68
Social Committee, 51
Solomon (Frank) Scholarship, 41
Somerville Committee, 51
Spanish, Courses in, 122-123
Spock (Betty Dougherty) Memorial Fund,
46
Sproul (Mary) Scholarship, 41
Sproul Observatory, 43, 70
Squier (Helen) Scholarship, 41
States, Summary of Students by, 157
Student Aid, 34-42
Student Activities Bulletin, 52
Student Council, 50
Study Abroad, 61
Sullivan (Joseph T.) Scholarship, 41
Sullivan (Marshall P.) Scholarship, 38
Summer School Work, 63
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 23,
44
Swarthmore College Student Loan Fund,
42
162
Taylor (Jonathan K.) Scholarship, 40
Thome (Phebe Anna) Fund, 40
Tuition and Other Fees, 33
Tyson (Martha E.) Fellowship, 68
Underhill (Daniel) Scholarship, 39
Vocational Advising, 49
West, Benjamin, Lecture, 46
Westbury Quarterly Meeting Scholarship,
40
Westinghouse Achievement Scholarship,
39
Wharton (Deborah F.) Scholarship, 41
White Open Scholarships for Women, 37
Willets (Samuel) Fund, 41
William J. Cooper Foundation, 43-44
Williams (Ellis D .) Fund, 41
Williamson (I. V.) Scholarships, 41
Wilson (Edward Clarkson) Scholarship,
39
Women’s Student Government Associa
tion 51
Wood (Mary) Fund, 38
Woodnutt (Thomas) Scholarship, 41
Zoology, Courses in, 75-78
Map of the College and Key
1 Parrish Hall
2 Clothier Memorial
3 Sproul Observatory
4 Wharton Hall
5 Scott Outdoor Auditorium
6 Scott Foundation Build
ing
7 Hall Gymnasium
8 Swimming Pool
9 Martin Building
10 Parrish Annex
11 Pierre S. duPont Science
Building
12 Professors’ Residences
13 Woolman House
14 Book and Key House
15 President’s House
16 W hittier House
17 Friends Meeting House
18 Bartol Foundation
19 Hall of Chemistry
20 Trotter Hall
21 Hicks Hall
22 Beardsley Hall
23 Somerville Recreation
Center and Snack Bar
24 Cunningham House
25 Robinson House
26 W orth Dormitory
27 Benjamin W est House
28 College Library and
Friends Historical
Library
29 Bond Memorial and Class
Lodges
30 Tennis Courts
31 Cunningham Field
32 Willets Dormitory
33 Pennsylvania Railroad
Station
34 Palmer Hall
35 Pittenger Hall
36 Roberts Hall
37 Prep Gymnasium
38 Clothier Fields
39 Lamb-M iller Field
House
40 Employees’ Dormitory
41 Power Plant
42 Employees’ Houses
43 Phi Kappa Psi Fraternity
Lodge
44 Delta Upsilon Fraternity
Lodge
45 Phi Sigma Kappa Fra
ternity Lodge
46 Tau Alpha Omicron Fra
ternity Lodge
47 Kappa Sigma Fraternity
Lodge
48 Mary Lyon Buildings
163
°'C * s
Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1959-1960
A digital archive of the Swarthmore College Annual Catalog.
1959 - 1960
180 pages
reformatted digital